317
2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual Use these links (and links throughout this manual) to navigate through this reference. For a printed owner's manual, click on authorized manuals or go to www.helminc.com. Contents Owner's Identification Form Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... i A Few Words About Safety ................................................................................................................. ii Your Vehicle at a Glance ..................................................................................................................... 2 Driver and Passenger Safety .............................................................................................................. 5 Proper use and care of your vehicle's seat belts, and Supplemental Restraint System. Instruments and Controls ................................................................................................................. 51 Instrument panel indicator and gauge, and how to use dashboard and steering column controls. Comfort and Convenience Features ................................................................................................ 89 How to operate the climate control system, the audio system, and other convenience features. Before Driving.................................................................................................................................. 113 What gasoline to use, how to break-in your new vehicle, and how to load luggage and other cargo. Driving .............................................................................................................................................. 125 The proper way to start the engine, shift the transmission, and park, plus towing a trailer. Maintenance ..................................................................................................................................... 141 The Maintenance Schedule shows you when you need to take your vehicle to the dealer. Taking Care of the Unexpected ...................................................................................................... 181 This section covers several problems motorists sometimes experience, and how to handle them. Technical Information..................................................................................................................... 205 ID numbers, dimensions, capacities, and technical information. Warranty and Customer Relations (U.S. and Canada only) ........................................................ 217 A summary of the warranties covering your new Acura, and how to contact us. Authorized Manuals (U.S. only)...................................................................................................... 221 How to order manuals and other technical literature. Index...................................................................................................................................................... I Service Information Summary A summary of information you need when you pull up to the fuel pump.

2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

  • Upload
    dothien

  • View
    224

  • Download
    4

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual Use these links (and links throughout this manual) to navigate through this reference. For a printed owner's manual, click on authorized manuals or go to www.helminc.com.

Contents

Owner's Identification Form Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... i A Few Words About Safety ................................................................................................................. ii

Your Vehicle at a Glance .....................................................................................................................2 Driver and Passenger Safety ..............................................................................................................5 Proper use and care of your vehicle's seat belts, and Supplemental Restraint System. Instruments and Controls ................................................................................................................. 51Instrument panel indicator and gauge, and how to use dashboard and steering column controls. Comfort and Convenience Features ................................................................................................ 89How to operate the climate control system, the audio system, and other convenience features. Before Driving.................................................................................................................................. 113What gasoline to use, how to break-in your new vehicle, and how to load luggage and other cargo. Driving .............................................................................................................................................. 125The proper way to start the engine, shift the transmission, and park, plus towing a trailer. Maintenance ..................................................................................................................................... 141The Maintenance Schedule shows you when you need to take your vehicle to the dealer. Taking Care of the Unexpected ...................................................................................................... 181This section covers several problems motorists sometimes experience, and how to handle them. Technical Information..................................................................................................................... 205ID numbers, dimensions, capacities, and technical information. Warranty and Customer Relations (U.S. and Canada only) ........................................................ 217A summary of the warranties covering your new Acura, and how to contact us. Authorized Manuals (U.S. only)...................................................................................................... 221How to order manuals and other technical literature. Index...................................................................................................................................................... I

Service Information Summary A summary of information you need when you pull up to the fuel pump.

Page 2: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This Owner’s Manual should beconsidered a permanent part of thevehicle, and should remain with thevehicle when it is sold.

This Owner’s Manual covers allmodels of the Accord Coupe. Youmay find descriptions of equipmentand features that are not on yourparticular model.

The information and specificationsincluded in this publication were ineffect at the time of approval forprinting. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.reserves the right, however, todiscontinue or change specificationsor design at any time without noticeand without incurring any obligationwhatsoever.

Owner’s Identif ication

OWNER

ADDRESS

V. I. N.

DELIVERY DATE

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

OWNER’S SIGNATURE

DEALER’S SIGNATURE

STREET

CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/POSTAL CODE

(Date sold to original retail purchaser)

STREET

CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/POSTAL CODE

Page 3: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Congratulations! Your selection of a 2004 Honda Accord was a wiseinvestment. It will give you years of driving pleasure.

One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new Honda is toread this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls andconvenience items. Afterwards, keep this owner’s manual in your vehicle soyou can refer to it at any time.

Several warranties protect your new Honda. Read the warranty bookletthoroughly so you understand the coverages and are aware of your rightsand responsibilities.

Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manualhelps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves your investment.When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that your Hondadealer’s staff is specially trained in servicing the many systems unique toyour Honda. Your Honda dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will bepleased to answer any questions and concerns.

California Proposition 65 Warning

This product contains or emits chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

As you read this manual, you willfind information that is preceded bya symbol. This informationis intended to help you avoid damageto your Honda, other property, or theenvironment.

Introduction

WARNING:

NOTICE:

i

Page 4: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

--

--

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. And operating thisvehicle safely is an importantresponsibility.

To help you make informeddecisions about safety, we haveprovided operating procedures andother information on labels and inthis manual. This information alertsyou to potential hazards that couldhurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical orpossible to warn you about all thehazards associated with operating ormaintaining your vehicle. You mustuse your own good judgement.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,including:

on the vehicle.preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of

three signal words: , , or .

such as Important Safety Reminders or ImportantSafety Precautions.

such as Driver and Passenger Safety.how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information please read itcarefully.

These signal words mean:

A Few Words About Safety

Safety LabelsSafety Messages

Safety Headings

Safety SectionInstructions

DANGER WARNING CAUTION

ii

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You CAN be HURT if you don’t followinstructions.

Page 5: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your Vehicle at a Glance

2

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES

MIRROR CONTROLS

AUDIO SYSTEMDIGITAL CLOCK

POWER DOOR LOCKMASTER SWITCH

HOOD RELEASEHANDLE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONMANUAL TRANSMISSION

HEATING/COOLINGCONTROLS

CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM

FUEL FILL DOOR/TRUNK RELEASE HANDLE

INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORSGAUGES (P.65)

(P.57)

(P.22)

(P.96)

(P.78)

(P.91)

(P.165, 82) (P.166)

(P.180)(P.183)

(P.115)

(P.108)

(P.154)(P.120)

ACCESSORY POWER SOCKETS (P.103)

FRONT PASSENGERAIRBAG (P.22)

DRIVER’S FRONTAIRBAG

HAZARD WARNING BUTTON (P.72)

Page 6: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Only on vehicles equipped with Navigation System. Refer to the Navigation System Owner’s Manual.:

Your Vehicle at a Glance

3

HORN

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNALS

TILT/TELESCOPICADJUSTMENT

EX-V6 model without Navigation System is shown.

CRUISECONTROLBUTTONS

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

INSTRUMENT PANEL BRIGHTNESS WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS

MOONROOF SWITCH

VOICE CONTROL SWITCHES

TRACTION CONTROLSYSTEM ON/OFFSWITCH

STEERING WHEELAUDIO CONTROLS

HAZARDWARNINGBUTTON

AUDIO SYSTEM

(P.72)

(P.70)

(P.152)

(P.94)

(P.192) (P.74)

(P.68)(P.73)

(P.120)

(P.156)

(P.72)

(P.69)

PASSENGERAIRBAG OFFINDICATOR(P.30)

Page 7: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

4

Page 8: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This section gives you importantinformation about how to protectyourself and your passengers. Itshows you how to use seat beltsproperly. It explains how your airbagwork, and it tells you how to properlyrestrain infants and children in yourvehicle.

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6.......Your Vehicle’s Safety Features . 7

.......................................Seat Belts . 8...........................................Airbags . 9

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11.....1. Close and Lock the Doors . 11

...........2. Adjust the Front Seats . 11............3. Adjust the Seat-Backs . 12

...4. Adjust the Head Restraints . 135. Fasten and Position the

...Lap/Shoulder Seat Belts . 14....6. Adjust the Steering Wheel . 15

7. Maintain a Proper Sitting................................Position . 15

.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 16...Additional Safety Precautions . 16

Additional Information About Your.................................Seat Belts . 18

..Seat Belt System Components . 18......................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 18

Automatic Seat Belt...............................Tensioners . 19

...............Seat Belt Maintenance . 19Additional Information About

...........................Your Airbags . 21......Airbag System Components . 21

......... 22......................Advanced Airbags . 24

...How Your Side Airbags Work . 26How Your Side Curtain

..........................Airbags Work . 27..How the SRS Indicator Works . 27

How the Side Airbag Off......................Indicator Works . 28

How the Passenger Airbag...............Off Indicator Works . 29

.............................Airbag Service . 30...Additional Safety Precautions . 31

Protecting Children General................................Guidelines . 32

All Children Must Be...............................Restrained . 32

All Children Should Sit in the.................................Back Seat . 33

The Passenger’s Front Airbag.........Can Pose Serious Risks . 33

If You Must Drive with Several...................................Children . 35

If a Child Requires Close..................................Attention . 35

...Additional Safety Precautions . 36Protecting Infants and Small

....................................Childlen . 37.......................Protecting Infants . 37

.........Protecting Small Children . 38.....................Selecting a Child Seat . 39....................Installing a Child Seat . 40

Installing a Child Seat with.....................................LATCH . 41

Installing a Child Seat with...............a Lap/Shoulder Belt . 43

Installing a Child Seat with...................................a Tether . 45

...........Protecting Larger Children . 47.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 51

...................................Safety Labels . 52

How Your Front Airbags Work

Driver and Passenger Safety

Driver and Passenger Safety 5

Page 9: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

You’ll find many safetyrecommendations throughout thissection, and throughout this manual.The recommendations on this pageare the ones we consider to be themost important.

Excessive speed is a major factor incrash injuries and deaths. Generally,the higher the speed, the greater therisk, but serious injuries can alsooccur at lower speeds. Never drivefaster than is safe for currentconditions, regardless of themaximum speed posted.A seat belt is your best protection in

all types of collisions. Airbagssupplement seat belts, but airbagsare designed to inflate only in amoderate to severe frontal or sidecollision. So even though yourvehicle is equipped with airbags,make sure you and your passengersalways wear your seat belts, andwear them properly (see page ).

While airbags can save lives, theycan cause serious or fatal injuries tooccupants who sit too close to them,or are not properly restrained.Infants, young children, and shortadults are at the greatest risk. Besure to follow all instructions andwarnings in this manual.

Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Evenone drink can reduce your ability torespond to changing conditions, andyour reaction time gets worse withevery additional drink. So don’t drinkand drive, and don’t let your friendsdrink and drive, either.

Having a tire blowout or amechanical failure can be extremelyhazardous. To reduce the possibilityof such problems, check your tirepressures and condition frequently,and perform all regularly scheduledmaintenance (see page ).

Children age 12 and under shouldride properly restrained in the backseat. Infants and small childrenshould be restrained in a child seat.Larger children should use a boosterand a lap/shoulder belt until they

can use the belt properly without abooster (see page ).

14

32

203

Important Safety Precautions

Always Wear Your Seat Belt

Restrain All Children

Control Your Speed

Keep Your Vehicle in SafeCondition

Be Aware of Airbag Hazards

Don’t Drink and Drive

Driver and Passenger Safety6

Page 10: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your vehicle is equipped with manyfeatures that work together toprotect you and your passengersduring a crash.

Some safety features do not requireany action on your part. Theseinclude a strong steel frameworkthat forms a safety cage around thepassenger compartment; front andrear crush zones, a collapsiblesteering column, and seat belttensioners that tighten the front seatbelts in the event of a crash.

CONTINUED

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety 7

(1)

(2)

(2)

(3) (4)

(5)(7)

(8)

(7)

(10)

(11)

(9)

(6)

If equipped:

(1) Safety Cage(2) Crush Zones(3) Seats and Seat-Backs(4) Head Restraints(5) Collapsible Steering Column(6) Seat Belts(7) Front Airbags(8) Side Airbags(9) Side Curtain Airbags(10) Door Locks(11) Front Seat Belt Tensioners

Page 11: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

However, you and your passengerscan’t take full advantage of thesesafety features unless you remainsitting in a proper position andalways wear your seat belts properly.In fact, some safety features cancontribute to injuries if they are notused properly.

The following pages explain how youcan take an active role in protectingyourself and your passengers.

Your vehicle is equipped with seatbelts in all seating positions.

Your seat belt system also includesan indicator on the instrument panelto remind you and your passengersto fasten your seat belts.

Seat belts are the single mosteffective safety device for adults andlarger children (Infants and smallerchildren must be properly restrainedin child seats).

Not wearing a seat belt properlyincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash, eventhough your vehicle has airbags.

In addition, most states and allCanadian provinces require you towear seat belts.

When properly worn, seat belts:

Keep you connected to the vehicleso you can take advantage of thevehicle’s built-in safety features.

Help protect you in almost everytype of crash, including frontal,side, and rear impacts androllovers.

Help keep you from being thrownagainst the inside of the vehicleand against other occupants.

Keep you from being thrown outof the vehicle.

Help keep you in a good positionshould the airbags ever deploy. Agood position reduces the risk ofinjury from an inflating airbag, andallows you to get the bestadvantage from the airbag.

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Seat Belts

Why Wear Seat Belts

8

Page 12: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Of course, seat belts cannotcompletely protect you in everycrash. But in most cases, seat beltscan reduce your risk of seriousinjury.

Your vehicle has a SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) with frontairbags to help protect the heads andchests of the driver and a front seatpassenger during a moderate tosevere frontal collision (see page

for more information on howyour front airbags work).

Your vehicle also has side airbags tohelp protect the upper torso of thedriver or a front seat passengerduring a moderate to severe sideimpact (see page for moreinformation on how your side airbagswork).

Always wear your seat belt, andmake sure you wear it properly.

2226

CONTINUED

Standard on EX and all V 6 models andall Canadian modelsOptional on U.S. LX model

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbags

What You Should Do:

9

Not wearing a seat belt properlyincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash, eventhough your vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and yourpassengers always wear seatbelts and wear them properly.

Page 13: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The most important things you needto know about your airbags are:

They are designed to supplementthe seat belts.

To dotheir job, airbags must inflate withtremendous force. So whileairbags help save lives, they cancause minor injuries or moreserious or even fatal injuries ifoccupants are not properlyrestrained or sitting properly.

Always wearyour seat belt properly, and situpright, and as far back from thesteering wheel while allowing fullcontrol of the vehicle. A frontpassenger should move their seat asfar back from the dashboard aspossible.

The rest of this section gives moredetailed information about how youcan maximize your safety.

Remember, however, that no safetysystem can prevent all injuries ordeaths that can occur in severecrashes, even when seat belts areproperly worn and the airbags deploy.

Your vehicle also has side curtainairbags to help protect the heads ofthe driver, front passenger, andpassengers in the outer rear seatingpositions (see page for moreinformation on how your side curtainairbags work).

27

Standard on U.S. 4-cylinder EX-L andEX-V6 models

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbags do not replace seat belts.

Airbags offer no protection in rearimpacts, rollovers, or minorfrontal or side collisions.

Airbags can pose hazards.

What you should do:

10

Page 14: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

The following pages provideinstructions on how to properlyprotect the driver, adult passengers,and teenage children who are largeenough and mature enough to ride inthe front. See pages forimportant guidelines on how toproperly protect infants, smallchildren, and larger children whoride in your vehicle.

After everyone has entered thevehicle, be sure the doors are closedand locked.

Locking the doors reduces thechance of someone being thrown outof the vehicle during a crash, and ithelps prevent passengers fromaccidentally opening a door andfalling out.

Locking the doors also helps preventan outsider from unexpectedlyopening a door when you come to astop.

Adjust the driver’s seat as far to therear as possible while allowing you tomaintain full control of the vehicle.Have a front passenger adjust theirseat as far to the rear as possible.

Your vehicle has a door monitorindicator on the instrument panel toindicate when a specific door is nottightly closed.

See page for how to lock thedoors, and page for how themonitor indicator works.

32 36

6178

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Introduction Close and Lock the Doors Adjust the Front Seats1. 2.

11

Page 15: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you sit too close to the steeringwheel or dashboard, you can beseriously injured by an inflating frontairbag, or by striking the steeringwheel or dashboard.

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration and TransportCanada recommend that driversallow at least 10 inches (25 cm)between the center of the steeringwheel and the chest. In addition toadjusting the seat, you can adjust thesteering wheel in and out (see page

). Adjust the driver’s seat-back to acomfortable, upright position,leaving ample space between yourchest and the airbag cover in thecenter of the steering wheel.

Passengers with adjustable seat-backs should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, uprightposition.

Once your seat is adjusted correctly,rock it back and forth to make surethe seat is locked into position. Seepage for how to adjust the frontseats.

If you cannot get far enough awayfrom the steering wheel and stillreach the controls, we recommendthat you investigate whether sometype of adaptive equipment may help.

74

83

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Adjust the Seat-Backs3.

12

Sitting too close to a frontairbag can result in seriousinjury or death if the frontairbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from thefront airbags as possible.

Page 16: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Reclining a seat-back so that theshoulder part of the belt no longerrests against the occupant’s chestreduces the protective capability ofthe belt. It also increases the chanceof sliding under the belt in a crashand being seriously injured. Thefarther a seat-back is reclined, thegreater the risk of injury.

Adjust the driver’s head restraint sothe back of your head rests againstthe center of the restraint.

Have passengers with adjustablerestraints adjust their restraintsproperly as well. Taller personsshould adjust their restraint as highas possible.

Properly adjusted head restraintswill help protect occupants fromwhiplash and other crash injuries.

See page for how to adjust thehead restraints.

See page for how to adjust seat-backs.

83

88

Protecting Adults and Teens

Adjust the Head Restraints4.

Driver and Passenger Safety 13

Reclining the seat-back too farcan result in serious injury ordeath in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to anupright position, and sit wellback in the seat.

Improperly positioning headrestraints reduces theireffectiveness and you can beseriously injured in a crash.

Make sure head restraints arein place and positioned properlybefore driving.

Page 17: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Insert the latch plate into the buckle,then tug on the belt to make sure thebelt is securely latched. Also checkthat the belt is not twisted, because atwisted belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash.

This could causevery serious injuries in a crash.

If a seat belt does not seem to workas it should, it may not protect theoccupant in a crash.

Position the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across your hips,then pull up on the shoulder part ofthe belt so the lap part fits snugly.This lets your strong pelvic bones

take the force of a crash and reducesthe chance of internal injuries.

If necessary, pull up on the belt againto remove any slack, then check thatthe belt rests across the center ofyour chest and over your shoulder.This spreads the forces of a crashover the strongest bones in yourupper body.

See page for additionalinformation about your seat beltsand how to take care of them.

Using a seatbelt that is not working properly canresult in serious injury or death.Have your Honda dealer check thebelt as soon as possible.

18

Fasten and Position the Lap/Shoulder Seat Belts

5. Never place the shoulder portion of alap/shoulder belt under your arm orbehind your back.

No one should sit in a seat with aninoperative seat belt.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety14

Improperly positioning the seatbelts can cause serious injuryor death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts areproperly positioned beforedriving.

Page 18: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Adjust the steering wheel, if needed,so that the wheel points toward yourchest, not toward your face. Thisprovides optimal protection from thefront airbag.

See page for how to adjust thesteering wheel.

After all occupants have adjustedtheir seats and put on seat belts, it isvery important that they continue tosit upright, well back in their seats,with their feet on the floor, until thevehicle is parked and the engine isoff.

Sitting improperly can increase thechance of injury during a crash. Forexample, if an occupant slouches,lies down, turns sideways, sitsforward, leans forward or sideways,or puts one or both feet up, thechance of injury during a crash isgreatly increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out ofposition in the front seat can beseriously or fatally injured in a crashby striking interior parts of thevehicle or being struck by aninflating front airbag. Being struckby an inflating side airbag canpossibly result in serious injuries.

74

Adjust the Steering Wheel Maintain a Proper SittingPosition

6. 7.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety 15

Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousinjury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back inthe seat, with your feet on thefloor.

Page 19: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you are pregnant, the best way toprotect yourself and your unbornchild when driving or riding in avehicle is to always wear a seat belt,and keep the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across the hips.

When driving, remember to situpright and adjust the seat as farback as possible while allowing fullcontrol of the vehicle. When ridingas a front passenger, adjust the seatas far back as possible.

This will reduce the risk of injuriesto both you and your unborn childthat can be caused by a crash or aninflating front airbag.

Each time you have a check-up, askyour doctor if it’s okay for you todrive.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Devices intended to improveoccupant comfort or reposition theshoulder part of a seat belt canreduce the protective capability ofthe seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

Carrying hard or sharpobjects on your lap, or driving witha pipe or other sharp objects inyour mouth, can result in injuriesif your front airbag inflates.

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

Advice for Pregnant Women Additional Safety PrecautionsTwo people should never use thesame seat belt.

Do not put any accessories on seatbelts.

Do not place hard or sharp objectsbetween yourself and a frontairbag.

16

Page 20: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If a side airbag or a sidecurtain airbag inflates, a cupholder or other hard objectattached on or near the door couldbe propelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone.

If yourhands or arms are close to anairbag cover, they could be injuredif the airbag inflates.

Objects onthe covers marked ‘‘SRS AIRBAG’’could interfere with the properoperation of the airbags or bepropelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone if the airbags inflate.

This could make the driver’s seatposition sensor or the frontpassenger’s seat weight sensorsineffective.

This could make the frontpassenger’s weight sensorsineffective. Make sure the rightrear floor mat is hooked over thefloor mat anchor (see page ).

This could causeproblems with the driver’s seatposition sensor or the frontpassenger’s seat weight sensors(see page for moreinformation).

240

24

Protecting Adults and Teens

Driver and Passenger Safety

On models with side airbags, donot attach hard objects on or neara door.

Keep your hands and arms awayfrom the airbag covers.

Do not attach or place objects onthe front airbag covers.

Do not modify the front seats.

Do not place the right rear floormat under the front passenger’sseat.

Do not place any items under thefront seats.

17

Page 21: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your seat belt system includes lap/shoulder belts in all five seatingpositions. The front seat belts arealso equipped with automatic seatbelt tensioners.

The seat belt systemincludes an indicator on the

instrument panel to remind you andyour passengers to fasten your belts.

If you turn the ignition switch to ON(II) without fastening your belt, abeeper will sound and the indicatorwill blink. The beeper will stop afterseveral seconds, but the indicatorwill stay on until the driver’s seat beltis fastened.

If you do not fasten your seat beltbefore the beeper stops, theindicator will stop blinking butremain on. If you continue drivingwithout fastening your seat belt, theindicator will start blinking again and

the beeper will sound at regularintervals.

The lap and shoulder belt goes overyour shoulder, across your chest,and across your hips.

To fasten the belt, insert the latchplate into the buckle, then tug on thebelt to make sure the buckle islatched (see page for how toproperly position the belt).

To unlock the belt, push the redPRESS button on the buckle. Guidethe belt across your body so that itretracts completely. After exiting thevehicle, be sure the belt is out of theway and will not get closed in thedoor.

All seat belts have an emergencylocking retractor. In normal driving,the retractor lets you move freely inyour seat while it keeps some

tension on the belt. During a collisionor sudden stop, the retractorautomatically locks the belt to helprestrain your body.

The seat belts in all positions exceptthe driver’s have an additionallocking mechanism that must beactivated to secure a child seat (seepage ).

If the shoulder part of the belt ispulled all the way out, the lockingmechanism will activate. The beltwill retract, but it will not allow thepassenger to move freely.

To deactivate the lockingmechanism, unlatch the buckle, andlet the seat belt fully retract. Torefasten the belt, pull it out only asfar as needed.

43

14

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety

Seat Belt System Components

Lap/Shoulder Belt

18

Page 22: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

For added protection, the front seatbelts are equipped with automaticseat belt tensioners. When activated,the tensioners immediately tightenthe belts to help hold the driver anda front passenger in place.

The tensioners are designed toactivate primarily in frontal collisions,and they should activate in anycollision severe enough to causefront-airbag inflation.

However, the tensioners can beactivated during a collision in whichthe front airbags do not deploy. Inthis case, the airbags would not beneeded, but the additional restraintcould be helpful.

When the tensioners are activated,the seat belts will remain tight untilthey are unbuckled in the normalmanner.

For safety, you should check thecondition of your seat belts regularly.

Pull each belt out fully and look forfrays, cuts, burns, and wear. Checkthat the latches work smoothly andthe belts retract easily. Any belt thatis not in good condition or workingproperly will not provide goodprotection and should be replaced assoon as possible.

Honda provides a lifetime warrantyon seat belts for U.S. models. Seeyourbooklet for details.

Honda Warranty Information

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety

Seat Belt MaintenanceAutomatic Seat Belt Tensioners

19

Page 23: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If a seat belt is worn during a crash,it must be replaced by the dealer. Abelt that has been worn during acrash may not provide the same levelof protection in a subsequent crash.

The dealer should also inspect theanchors for damage and replacethem if needed. If the automatic seatbelt tensioners activate during acrash, they must be replaced.

For information on how to clean yourseat belts, see page .240

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Driver and Passenger Safety20

Not checking or maintainingseat belts can result in seriousinjury or death if the seat beltsdo not work properly whenneeded.

Check your seat belts regularlyand have any problemcorrected as soon as possible.

Page 24: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your airbag system includes:

On models equipped with two sideairbags, one for the driver and onefor a front passenger. The airbagsare stored in the outer edges ofthe seat-backs. Both are marked‘‘SIDE AIRBAG’’ (see page ).

Two SRS (Supplemental RestraintSystem) front airbags. The driver’sairbag is stored in the center ofthe steering wheel; the frontpassenger’s airbag is stored in thedashboard. Both are marked ‘‘SRSAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

On models equipped with two sidecurtain airbags, one for each sideof the vehicle. The airbags arestored in the front, center, andrear pillars. The front and rearpillars on both sides are marked‘‘SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG’’ (seepage ).

26

22

27CONTINUED

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbag System Components

21

(1) (2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(8)

(7)

(10)

(11)(9)

(6)

(4)

(7)

(8)

(10)

(5)

(1) Driver’s Airbag(2) Front Passenger’s Airbag(3) Control Unit(4) Seat Belt Tensioners(5) Side Airbags(6) Driver’s Seat Position Sensor(7) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors(8) Front Impact Sensors(9) Passenger Airbag Off Indicator(10) Side Impact Sensors(11) Occupant Position Detection System (OPDS) Sensors

Page 25: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Automatic seat belt tensioners(see page ).

Sensors that can detect amoderate to severe front impact,or side impact in models equippedwith side airbags.

A sophisticated electronic systemthat continually monitors andrecords information about thesensors, the control unit, theairbag activators, and driver andfront passenger seat belt use whenthe ignition is in the ON (II)position.

A driver’s seat position sensor thatmonitors the seat position. If theseat is too far forward, the airbagwill inflate with less force (seepage ).

Weight sensors that monitor theweight on the front passenger’sseat. These prevent the passenger’s

front airbag from inflating if theweight is less than about 65 lbs(30 kg) (see page ).

An indicator on the instrumentpanel that alerts you to a possibleproblem with your airbags (seepage ).

Emergency backup power in caseyour vehicle’s electrical system isdisconnected in a crash.

An indicator on the dashboard thatalerts you that the passenger’sfront airbag has been turned off(see page ).

On models equipped, an indicatoron the instrument panel that alertsyou that the front passenger’s sideairbag has been turned off (seepage ).

If you ever have a moderate tosevere frontal collision, sensors willdetect the vehicle’s rapiddeceleration. If the rate ofdeceleration is high enough, thecontrol unit will instantly inflate thedriver’s and front passenger’s frontairbags, at the appropriate time andwith the force needed.

19

25

25

27

29

28

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Front Airbags Work

22

Page 26: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

During a frontal crash, your seat beltrestrains your lower body and torso,and the airbag helps protect yourhead and chest.

Only the driver’s airbag can deploy ifthere is no passenger in the frontseat, or if the advanced airbagsystem has turned the passenger’sairbag off (see page ).

This can happen if the severity of acollision is at the margin, orthreshold, that determines whetheror not the airbags will deploy. Insuch cases, the seat belt will providesufficient protection, and thesupplemental protection offered bythe airbag would be minimal.

After inflating, the front airbags willimmediately deflate, so they won’tinterfere with the driver’s visibility,or the ability to steer or operateother controls.

The total time for inflation anddeflation is one-tenth of a second, sofast that most occupants are notaware that the airbags deployed untilthey see them lying in their laps.

After a crash, you may see whatlooks like smoke. This is actuallypowder from the airbag’s surface.Although the powder is not harmful,people with respiratory problemsmay experience some temporarydiscomfort. If this occurs, get out ofthe vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso.

Although both airbags normallyinflate within a split second of eachother, it is possible for only oneairbag to deploy.

24

CONTINUED

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety 23

Page 27: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your front airbags are dual-stageairbags. This means they have twoinflation stages that can be ignitedsequentially or simultaneously,depending on crash severity.

In a crash, both stageswill ignite simultaneously to providethe quickest and greatest protection.

In a crash, one stage willignite first, then the second stagewill ignite a split second later. Thisprovides longer airbag inflation timewith a little less force.

Your front airbags are also dual-threshold airbags. Airbags with thisfeature have two deploymentthresholds that depend on whetheror not the occupant is wearing a seatbelt.

It the occupant’s belt is , theairbag will inflate at a slightly higherthreshold, when the airbag would beneeded to supplement the protectionprovided by the seat belt.

Your front airbags are also advancedairbags. The main purpose of thisfeature is to prevent airbag-causedinjuries to short drivers and childrenwho ride in front.

In addition, do not spill any liquids,cover the sensors, or put any cargoor metal objects under the frontseats. Ask rear seat passengers tonot put their feet under the frontseats. Any of these actions coulddamage the sensors or prevent themfrom working properly.

If the occupant’s belt is ,the airbag will deploy at the samethreshold as a conventional airbagbecause the occupant would needextra protection.

For the advanced airbags to workproperly, occupants must sit uprightand wear their seat belts properly. Ifa child seat is installed in the front, itmust be properly secured.

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Dual-Stage Airbags

more severe

less severe

Dual-Threshold Airbags

latched

not latched

Advanced Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety24

Page 28: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

When the airbag is turned off, anindicator in the center of thedashboard will come on indicating‘‘Passenger Airbag Off’’ (see page

).

If there is a problem with the seatposition sensor, the SRS indicatorwill come on in the instrument panel.In this case, the driver’s airbag willinflate in the normal manner during

a crash regardless of the driver’sseating position.

The passenger’s advanced frontairbag system has weight sensorsunder the seat. If the sensors detecta total weight on the seat of about 65lbs (30 kg) or less, the system willautomatically turn the passenger’sfront airbag off.

The driver’s advanced front airbagsystem includes a seat positionsensor under the seat. If the seat ispositioned too far forward, theairbag will inflate sequentially,regardless of the severity of theimpact.

If there is no passenger in the frontseat, the but theindicator .

29

CONTINUED

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

airbag will be offwill not come on

25

DRIVER’SSEATPOSITIONSENSOR

PASSENGER’SSEAT WEIGHTSENSOR

Page 29: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

A front seat passenger should notuse a cushion or other object as abackrest. It may prevent the cutoffsystem from working properly.

If the side airbag off indicator comeson, have the passenger sit upright.Once the passenger is out of thedeployment path of the side airbag,the system will turn the airbag backon and the indicator will go out.

To get the best protection from theside airbags, front seat occupantsshould wear their seat belts and situpright and well back in their seats.

The passenger’s side airbag has acutoff system designed to turn offthe passenger’s side airbag if a child’shead is in the airbag’s deploymentpath (see page ).

Only one airbag will deploy during aside impact. If the impact is on thepassenger’s side, the passenger’s

side airbag will deploy even if thereis no passenger.

If you ever have a moderate tosevere side impact, the sensors willdetect rapid deceleration and signalthe control unit to instantly inflateeither the driver’s or the passenger’sside airbag.

To ensure that the passenger’sadvanced front airbag system willwork properly,

This includes:

A rear passenger pushing orpulling on the back of thepassenger’s seat.

Moving the front seat forciblyback against cargo on the seat orfloor behind it.

Hanging heavy items on the frontpassenger seat, or placing heavyitems in the seat-back pocket.

Make sure the rear floor mat ishooked to the floor mat anchor. Ifnot, the floor mat will prevent theseat operation and the sensorsmay not work properly.

28

Only on models equipped with sideairbags

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Side Airbags Work

do not do anythingthat would increase or decrease theweight on the front passenger’s seat.

26

Page 30: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Your vehicle is equipped with sidecurtain airbags. These airbags arestored in the front, center, and rearpillars on both sides. The front andrear pillars on both sides are marked‘‘SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.’’

In a moderate to severe side impact,sensors will detect rapid decelerationand signal the control unit toinstantly inflate the side curtainairbag on the driver’s or thepassenger’s side of the vehicle. If theimpact is on the passenger’s side, thepassenger’s side curtain airbag willinflate even if there are no occupantson that side of the vehicle.

To get the best protection from theside curtain airbags, occupantsshould wear their seat belts and situpright and well back in their seats.

The SRS indicator alertsyou to a potential problem

with your front airbags, the driver’sseat position sensor and the frontpassenger’s weight sensors (seepage ), or front seat belttensioners (see page ).

On models with side airbags, thisindicator will also alert you to apotential problem with your sideairbags, the passenger’s side airbagautomatic cutoff system (see page

), or the side curtain airbags.

When you turn the ignition switch toON (II), this indicator will come onbriefly then go out. This tells youthat the system is working properly.

2419

28Standard on U.S. EX-V6 model

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How Your Side Curtain AirbagsWork

How the SRS Indicator Works

27

SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG

Page 31: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the indicator comes on at anyother time, or does not come on at all,you should have the system checkedby your dealer. For example:

If the SRS indicator does not comeon after you turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II).

If the indicator stays on after theengine starts.

If the indicator comes on orflashes on and off while you drive.

If you see any of these indications,the airbags and the seat belttensioners may not work properlywhen you need them.

This indicator alerts youthat the passenger’s side

airbag has been automatically shutoff. It does mean there is aproblem with your side airbags.

To reduce the risk of injury from aninflating side airbag, your vehicle hasan automatic cutoff system for thepassenger’s side airbag.

Although Honda does not encouragechildren to ride in front, this systemis designed to shut off the sideairbag if a child leans sideways andthe child’s head is in the side airbagdeployment path.

Only on models equipped with sideairbags

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How the Side Airbag OffIndicator Works

not

28

Ignoring the SRS indicator canresult in serious injury or deathif the airbag systems ortensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by adealer as soon as possible ifthe SRS indicator alerts you toa possible problem.

Page 32: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

If a short adult leans sideways, or alarger adult slouches and leanssideways into the side airbagdeployment path, the system mayalso shut off the side airbag.

When you turn the ignition switch toON (II), the indicator should comeon briefly and go out (see page ).If it doesn’t light, stays on, or comeson while driving without a passengerin the front seat, have the systemchecked.

This indicator alerts you that thepassenger’s front airbag has beenshut off. It does not mean there is aproblem with the airbag.

To reduce the chance of airbag-caused injuries, the system shuts offthe passenger’s front airbag whenthe total weight on the frontpassenger’s seat is about 65 lbs(30 kg) or less.

If no one is riding in the frontpassenger’s seat, the airbag will beautomatically shut off, but theindicator will not come on.

However, if the indicator comes onwith no passenger in the front, orwith an adult in the seat, there maybe a problem with the advancedairbag system. Have the vehiclechecked by the dealer as soon aspossible.

The Passenger Airbag Off indicatormay also come on and off repeatedlyif total weight on the seat is near theairbag cutoff threshold (65 lbs or 30kg).

59

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

How the Passenger Airbag OffIndicator Works

29

PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR

Page 33: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This indicator may come on and offrepeatedly if objects are placed onthe front passenger’s seat, or if theinterior temperature of the vehiclechanges suddenly when a door isopened.

See page for more informationabout the passenger’s advancedfront airbag.

Your airbag systems are virtuallymaintenance-free, and there are noparts you can safely service.However, you must have yourvehicle serviced if:

Any airbagthat has deployed must bereplaced along with the controlunit and other related parts. If afront airbag inflates, the seat belttensioners must also be replaced.Do not try to remove or replaceany airbag by yourself. This mustbe done by a Honda dealer or aknowledgeable body shop.

Take your vehicle to anauthorized Honda dealer as soonas possible. If you ignore thisindication, your airbags may notoperate properly.

your dealershould inspect the driver’s seatposition sensor and the frontpassenger’s weight sensors tomake sure they are operatingproperly.

If this happens, have the passengerride properly restrained in the backseat. If the passenger must ride infront, move the seat as far to therear as possible, have the passengersit upright and wear the seat beltproperly.

24

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Airbag Service

An airbag ever inflates.

The SRS indicator alerts you to aproblem.

If your vehicle has a moderate tosevere impact, and even if yourairbags do not inflate,

30

Page 34: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Together, airbags andseat belts provide the bestprotection.

This could make the frontpassenger’s weight sensorsineffective. Make sure the rightrear floor mat is hooked over thefloor mat anchor (see page ).

Tampering could causethe airbags to deploy, possiblycausing very serious injury.

If water or another liquidsoaks into a seat-back, it canprevent the side airbag cutoffsystem from working properly.

This could make thedriver’s seat position sensor andthe front passenger’s weightsensors ineffective.

Improperlyreplacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your sideairbags from inflating during aside impact.

This could make the driver’s seatposition sensor and the frontpassenger’s weight sensorsineffective.

Pushing orpulling on the back of the seat,placing heavy items in the backseat pocket, pushing cargo againstthe seat, or hanging heavy itemson the seat back can interfere withthe proper operation of thepassenger’s advanced front airbag.

This could make thedriver’s seat position sensor or thefront passenger’s weight sensorsineffective. If it is necessary toremove or modify a front seat toaccommodate a person withdisabilities, first contact AmericanHonda at 800-999-1009.

240

Additional Information About Your Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety

Additional Safety PrecautionsDo not attempt to deactivate yourairbags.

Do not place the right rear floormat under the front passenger’sseat.

Do not tamper with airbagcomponents or wiring for anyreason.

Do not expose the front seat-backsto liquid.

Do not place any items under thefront seats.

Do not cover or replace front seat-back covers without consulting aHonda dealer.

Do not modify the front seats.

Do not do anything that wouldincrease or decrease weight on thefront passenger’s seat.

Do not remove or modify a frontseat without consulting a Hondadealer.

31

Page 35: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Each year, many children are injuredor killed in vehicle crashes becausethey are either unrestrained or notproperly restrained. In fact, vehicleaccidents are the number one causeof death of children ages 12 andunder.

To reduce the number of childdeaths and injuries, every state andCanadian province requires thatinfants and children be properlyrestrained when they ride in avehicle.

(see pages ).

(see pages ).

If you have children, or if you everneed to drive with a child in yourvehicle, be sure to read this section.It begins with important generalguidelines, then presents specialinformation for infants, smallchildren, and larger children.

Children depend on adults to protectthem. However, despite their bestintentions, many adults do not knowhow to properly protect childpassengers.

39 46

47 50

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

All Children Must Be Restrained

Infants and small children must berestrained in an approved child seatthat is properly secured to thevehicle

Larger children must be restrainedwith a lap/shoulder belt and ride ona booster until the seat belt f its themproperly

32

Children who are unrestrainedor improperly restrained can beseriously injured or killed in acrash.

Any child too small for a seatbelt should be properlyrestrained in a child seat. Alarger child should be properlyrestrained with a seat belt anduse a booster if necessary.

Page 36: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

According to accident statistics,children of all ages and sizes aresafer when they are restrained in theback seat. The National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration andTransport Canada recommend thatall children age 12 and under beproperly restrained in the back seat.

Children who ride in back are lesslikely to be injured by strikinginterior vehicle parts during acollision or hard braking. Also,children cannot be injured by aninflating airbag when they ride in theback.

Front airbags have been designed tohelp protect adults in a moderate tosevere frontal collision. To do thisthe passenger’s front airbag is quitelarge and it can inflate with enoughforce to cause very serious injuries.

To help prevent airbag-causedinjuries to children, this vehicle hasan advanced airbag system.

With this system, the frontpassenger’s airbag is turned off ifsensors detect a total weight of lessthan about 65 lbs (30 kg) on the seat(see pages for additionalinformation about how the frontpassenger’s advanced airbag works).

Even if the passenger’s front airbagis turned off, we stronglyrecommend that children age 12 andunder ride properly restrained in aback seat where they will be safer.

24 26

CONTINUED

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

All Children Should Sit in theBack Seat

The Passenger’s Front AirbagCan Pose Serious Risks

33

Page 37: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To remind you of the passenger’sfront airbag hazards, and thatchildren must be properly restrainedin the back seat, your vehicle haswarning labels on the dashboard andon the driver’s and front passenger’svisors. Please read and follow theinstructions on these labels.

To remind you of the front airbaghazards, your vehicle has warninglabels on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s visors. Please read andfollow the instructions on theselabels.

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

U.S. Models Canadian Models

34

Page 38: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your vehicle has three seatingpositions in the back seat wherechildren can be properly restrained.If you ever have to carry fourchildren in your vehicle, and a childmust ride in front:

Move the vehicle seat as far to therear as possible (see page ).

Place the largest child in the frontseat, provided the child is largeenough to wear the lap/shoulderbelt properly (see page ).

Have the child sit upright and wellback in the seat (see page ).

Make sure the seat belt is properlypositioned and secured (see page

).

Many parents say they prefer to putan infant or small child in the frontpassenger seat so they can watch thechild, or because the child requiresattention.

Placing a child in the front seatexposes the child to hazards in afrontal collision, and paying closeattention to a child distracts thedriver from the important tasks ofdriving, placing both of you at risk.

If a child requires close physicalattention or frequent visualcontact, we strongly recommendthat another adult ride with thechild in the back seat. The backseat is far safer for a child than thefront.

15

11

47

14

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety

If a Child Requires CloseAttention

If You Must Drive with SeveralChildren

35

Page 39: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child. During a crash, thebelt could press deep into the childand cause serious or fatal injuries.

Never let two children use thesame seat belt. If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Do not leave children alone in avehicle. Leaving children withoutadult supervision is illegal in moststates and Canadian provinces,and can be very hazardous.

For example, infants and smallchildren left in a vehicle on a hotday can die from heatstroke. Achild left alone with the key in theignition can accidentally set thevehicle in motion, possibly injuringthemselves or others.

Lock both doors and the trunkwhen your vehicle is not in use.Children who play in vehicles canaccidentally get trapped inside thetrunk and be seriously injured orcould die. Teach your children notto play in or around vehicles.Know how to operate theemergency trunk opener anddecide if your children should beshown how to use this feature (seepage ).

Keep vehicle keys/remotetransmitters out of the reach ofchildren. Even very youngchildren learn how to unlockvehicle doors, turn on the ignition,and open the trunk, which canlead to accidental injury or death.

Never hold an infant or child onyour lap. If you are not wearing aseat belt in crash, you could bethrown forward and crush thechild against the dashboard or aseat-back. If you are wearing aseat belt, the child can be tornfrom your arms and be seriouslyhurt or killed.

82

Additional Safety Precautions

Protecting Children General Guidelines

Driver and Passenger Safety36

Page 40: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Only a rear-facing child seat providesproper support for a baby’s head,neck, and back.

Two types of seats may be used: aseat designed exclusively for infants,or a convertible seat used in the rear-facing, reclining mode.

An infant must be properlyrestrained in a rear-facing, recliningchild seat until the child reaches theseat maker’s weight or height limitfor the seat, and the child is at leastone year old.

If placedfacing forward, an infant could bevery seriously injured during afrontal collision.

A rear-facing child seat shouldalways be installed in a back seat, notin the front. Even with adbancedairbags, which can automaticallyturn the passenger’s front airbag off(see page ), a back seat is thesafest place for an infant.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent thedriver or a front passenger frommoving the seat as far back asrecommended, or from locking theseat-back in the desired position.

24

CONTINUED

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Protecting Infants

Child Seat Type

Do not put a rear-facing child seat ina forward-facing position.

Child Seat Placement

37

Placing a rear-facing child seatin the front seat can result inserious injury or death during acollision.

Always place a rear-facing childseat in the back seat, not thefront.

Page 41: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

We also recommend that a smallchild uses the child seat as long aspossible, until the child reaches theweight or height limit for the seat.

A child who is at least one year old,and who fits within the child seatmaker’s weight and height limits,should be restrained in a forward-facing, upright child seat.

Of the different seats available, werecommend those that have a five-point harness system as shown.

Or it could push against the front-passenger’s seat-back, interferingwith the proper operation of thepassenger’s advanced front airbag(see pages ).

In any of these situations, westrongly recommend that you installthe child seat in a different backseating position or get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

24 26

Protecting Infants and Small Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Protecting Small Children

Child Seat Type

38

Placing a forward-facing childseat in the front seat can resultin serious injury or death if thefront airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, movethe vehicle seat as far back aspossible, and properly restrainthe child.

Page 42: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

We strongly recommend placing aforward-facing child seat in a backseat, not the front. Even withadvanced airbags, which canautomatically turn the passenger’sfront airbag off (see page ), aback seat is the safest place for asmall child.

If it is necessary to put a forward-facing child seat in the front, movethe vehicle seat as far to the rear aspossible, be sure the child seat isfirmly secured to the vehicle, and thechild is properly strapped in the seat.

When buying a child seat, you needto choose between a conventionalchild seat, or one designed for usewith the Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH) system.

Conventional child seats must besecured to a vehicle with a seat belt,whereas LATCH-compatible seatsare secured by attaching the seat tohardware built into the two outerseating positions in the back seat.

Since LATCH-compatible child seatsare easier to install and reduce thepossibility of improper installation,we recommend selecting this style.

We also recommend selecting aLATCH-compatible seat with a rigid,rather than a flexible, anchor (seepage ).

In seating positions and vehicles notequipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installedusing a seat belt.

24

41

Protecting Infants and Small Children, Selecting a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Child Seat Placement Selecting a Child Seat

39

Page 43: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Whatever type of seat you choose, toprovide proper protection, a childseat should meet threerequirements:

Look for FMVSS213 or CMVSS 213 on the box.

Rear-facing for infants, forward-facing for small children.

After selecting a proper child seat,and a good place to install the seat,there are three main steps ininstalling the seat:

All child seats must besecured to the vehicle with the lappart of a lap/shoulder belt or withthe LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for Children) system. Achild whose seat is not properlysecured to the vehicle can beendangered in a crash.

After installing a childseat, push and pull the seatforward and from side to side toverify that it is secure.

A child seat secured with a seat beltshould be installed as firmly aspossible. However, it does not needto be ‘‘rock solid’’. Some side-to-side

movement can be expected andshould not reduce the child seat’seffectiveness.

If the child seat is not secure, tryinstalling it in a different seatingposition, or use a different style ofchild seat that can be firmly secured.

Make sure the child is properlystrapped in the child seataccording to the child seat maker’sinstructions. A child who is notproperly secured in a child seatcan be seriously injured in a crash.

The following pages provideguidelines on how to properly installa child seat. A forward-facing childseat is used in all examples, but theinstructions are the same for a rear-facing child seat.

Before purchasing a conventionalchild seat, or using a previouslypurchased one, we recommend thatyou test the seat in the specificvehicle seating position, or positions,where the seat will be used.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

Selecting a Child Seat, Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

The child seat should meet U.S. orCanadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

The child seat should be of theproper type and size to fit the child.

The child seat should fit thevehicle seating position (orpositions) where it will be used.

Properly secure the child seat tothe vehicle.

Make sure the child seat is firmlysecured.

Secure the child in the back seat.

Installing a Child Seat

40

Page 44: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Your vehicle is equipped withLATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for Children) at the outerrear seats. The lower anchors arelocated between the seat-back andseat bottom, and are to be used onlywith a child seat designed for usewith LATCH.

Some LATCH-compatible seats havea rigid-type connection as shownabove.

Place the child seat on the vehicleseat, and attach the seat to thelower anchors according to thechild seat maker’s instructions.

The location of each lower anchor ismarked with a small illustrated circleabove the point.

To install a LATCH-compatible childseat:

Move the seat belt buckle orcenter seat belt away from thelower anchors.

Make sure there are no objectsnear the anchors that couldprevent a secure connectionbetween the child seat andanchors.

1.

2.

3.

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat withLATCH

41

LOWER ANCHOR MARKS Rigid type

Page 45: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Other LATCH-compatible seats havea flexible-type connection as shownabove.

Whatever type you have, followthe child seat maker’s instructionsfor adjusting or tightening the fit.

Route the tether strap through thelegs of the head restraint, thenattach the hook to the anchoragepoint as shown.

Make sure the strap is not twisted,then tighten the strap according tothe child seat maker’s instructions.

Push and pull the child seatforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is secure.

4.

5. 6.

7.

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety42

Flexible type

Page 46: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

When not using the LATCH system,all child seats must be secured to thevehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

In addition, the lap/shoulder belts inthe rear seat and the front passengerseat have a locking mechanism thatmust be activated to secure a childseat.

With the child seat in the desiredseating position, route the beltthrough the child seat accordingto the seat maker’s instructions,then insert the latch plate into thebuckle.

To activate the lockable retractor,slowly pull the shoulder part of thebelt all the way out until it stops,then let the belt feed back into theretractor.

After the belt has retracted, tug onit. If the belt is locked, you will notbe able to pull it out. If you can pullthe belt out, it is not locked, andyou will need to repeat these steps.

1. 2.

3.

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Belt

43

Page 47: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To deactivate the lockingmechanism and remove a child seat,unlatch the buckle, unroute the seatbelt, and let the belt fully retract.

Push and pull the child seatforward and from side to side toverify that it is firmly secured. Ifthe child seat is not secure,unlatch the belt, allow it to retractfully, then repeat these steps.

After confirming that the belt islocked, grab the shoulder part ofthe belt near the buckle and pullup to remove any slack from thelap part of the belt. Remember, ifthe lap part of the belt is not tight,the child seat will not be secure.

To remove slack, it may help toput weight on the child seat, orpush on the back of the seat whilepulling up on the belt.

5.4.

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety44

Page 48: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Since a tether can provide additionalsecurity to the lap/shoulder beltinstallation, we recommend using atether whenever one is required oravailable. (Tethers are required inCanada.)

A child seat with a tether can beinstalled in any seating position inthe back seat, using one of theanchorage points shown above.

Lift the anchor point lid, thenattach the tether strap hook to theanchor, making sure the strap isnot twisted.

Tighten the strap according to theseat maker’s instructions.

After securing the child seat in thedesired position (see page ), liftthe head restraint, then route thetether strap over the top of theseat-back and through the headrestraint legs.

1. 2.

3.

43

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Installing a Child Seat with aTether

Using an Outer Anchorage Point

45

COVER

TETHER ANCHORAGE POINTS

ANCHOR

TETHERSTRAPHOOK

Page 49: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

After properly securing the childseat (see page ), route thetether strap over the top of theseat-back.

Attach the tether strap hook to theanchor, making sure the strap isnot twisted, then tighten the strapaccording to the seat-maker’sinstructions.

1.

2.

43

Installing a Child Seat

Driver and Passenger Safety

Using the Center Anchorage Point

46

TETHER STRAP HOOK

TETHER ANCHORAGE POINT

Page 50: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

When a child reaches therecommended weight or height limitfor a forward-facing child seat, thechild should sit in the back seat on abooster and wear a lap/shoulder belt.

To determine if a lap/shoulder beltproperly fits a child, have the childput on the seat belt, then askyourself:

Does the child sit all the way backagainst the seat?

Do the child’s knees bendcomfortably over the edge of theseat?

Does the shoulder belt crossbetween the child’s neck and arm?

Is the lap part of the belt as low aspossible, touching the child’sthighs?

Will the child be able to stayseated like this for the whole trip?

The following pages giveinstructions on how to check properseat belt fit, what kind of boosterseat to use if one is needed, andimportant precautions for a childwho must sit in front.

If you answer yes to all thesequestions, the child is ready to wearthe lap/shoulder belt correctly. Ifyou answer no to any question, thechild needs to ride on a booster seat.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Checking Seat Belt Fit

47

Allowing a large child age 12 orunder to sit in front can result ininjury or death if the passenger’sfront airbag inflates.

If a large child must ride in front,move the vehicle seat as farback as possible, use a boosterseat if needed, have the childsit up properly and wear theseat belt properly.

Page 51: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

A child who has outgrown a forward-facing child seat should ride in theback seat and use a booster seatuntil the lap/shoulder belt fits themproperly without the booster.

Some states also require children touse a booster until they reach agiven age or weight (e.g., 6 years or60 lbs). Be sure to check currentlaws in the state or states where youintend to drive.

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration and TransportCanada recommend that all childrenages 12 and under be properlyrestrained in the back seat.

Even with advanced front airbag, theback seat is the safest place for achild of any age or size.

If the passenger’s front airbag is on,and it inflates in a moderate tosevere frontal collision, the airbagcan cause serious injuries to a childwho is unrestrained, improperlyrestrained, sitting too close to theairbag, or out of position.

The side airbag also poses risks. Ifany part of a larger child’s body is inthe path of a deploying side airbag,the child could receive possiblyserious injuries.

Booster seats can be high-back orlow-back. Whichever style you select,make sure the booster meets federalsafety standards (see page ) andthat you follow the booster seatmaker’s instructions.

If a child who uses a booster mustride in front, move the vehicle seatas far to the rear as possible, and besure the child is wearing the seatbelt properly.

A child may continue using a boosterseat until the tops of their ears areeven with the top of the vehicle’s orbooster’s seat-back. A child of thisheight should be tall enough to usethe lap/shoulder belt without abooster.

40

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Using a Booster Seat When Can a Larger Child Sit inFront

48

Page 52: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Of course, children vary widely. Andwhile age may be one indicator ofwhen a child can safely ride in front.There are other important factorsyou should consider.

If you decide that a child can safelyride up front, be sure to:

Carefully read the owner’s manualand make sure you understand allseat belt instructions and all safetyinformation.

Move the vehicle seat to the rear-most position.

Have the child sit up straight, backagainst the seat, and feet on ornear the floor.

Check that the child’s seat belt isproperly and securely positioned.

Supervise the child. Even maturechildren sometimes need to bereminded to fasten the seat beltsor sit properly.

To safely ride in front, a child mustbe able to follow the rules, includingsitting properly, and wearing the seatbelt properly throughout a ride.

Physically, a child must be largeenough for the lap/shoulder belt toproperly fit (see pages and ). Ifthe seat belt does not fit properly,with or without the child sitting on abooster, the child should not sit infront.

14 47

CONTINUED

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Maturity

Physical Size

49

Page 53: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This could resultin serious neck injuries during acrash.

Devices intended toimprove a child’s comfort orreposition the shoulder part of aseat belt can make the belt lesseffective, and increase the chanceof serious injury in a crash.

This couldcause very serious injuries duringa crash. It also increases thechance that the child will slideunder the belt in a crash and beinjured.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

Protecting Larger Children

Driver and Passenger Safety

Do not let a child wear a seat beltacross the neck.

Do not put any accessories on aseat belt.

Do not let a child put the shoulderpart of a seat belt behind the backor under the arm.

Two children should never use thesame seat belt.

Additional Safety Precautions

50

Page 54: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your vehicle’s exhaust containscarbon monoxide gas. You shouldhave no problem with carbonmonoxide entering the vehicle innormal driving if you maintain yourvehicle properly.Have the exhaust system inspectedfor leaks whenever:

The vehicle is raised for an oilchange.You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust.The vehicle was in an accidentthat may have damaged the under-side.

High levels of carbon monoxide cancollect rapidly in enclosed areas,such as a garage. Do not run theengine with the garage door closed.Even with the door open, run theengine only long enough to move thevehicle out of the garage.

With the trunk lid open, air flow canpull exhaust gas into your vehicle’sinterior and create a hazardouscondition. If you must drive with thetrunk lid open, open all the windowsand set the heating and coolingsystem/climate control system asshown below.

If you must sit in your parked vehicle,even in an unconfined area, with theengine running, adjust the heatingand cooling system/climate controlsystem as follows:

Select the Fresh Air mode.Select the mode.Turn the fan on high speed.Set the temperature control to acomfortable setting.

1.2.3.4.

Carbon Monoxide Hazard

Driver and Passenger Safety 51

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.Breathing it can causeunconsciousness and even killyou.

Avoid any enclosed areas oractivities that expose you tocarbon monoxide.

Page 55: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

These labels are in the locationsshown. They warn you of potentialhazards that could cause seriousinjury. Read these labels carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hardto read (except for the U.S.dashboard label which is removed bythe owner), contact your Hondadealer for a replacement.

U.S. models

Canadian models

U.S. models only

On models without side airbags

On models with side airbags

On models with sidecurtain airbags

Safety Labels

Driver and Passenger Safety52

HOOD

DASHBOARD

RADIATOR CAP

Page 56: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

U.S. models

Canadian models

On cars with side curtain airbags

On cars with side airbagsU.S. models Canadian models

U.S. models Canadian models

Safety Labels

Driver and Passenger Safety 53

SUN VISOR DOORJAMBS

Page 57: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

54

Page 58: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This section gives information aboutthe controls and displays thatcontribute to the daily operation ofyour Honda. All the essentialcontrols are within easy reach.

...........................Control Locations . 56..............................Instument Panel . 57

...........Instument Panel Indicators . 58..Maintenance Required Indicator . 63

.............................................Gauges . 65.....................................Odometer . 65

Outside Temperature...................................Indicator . 66...................................Trip Meter . 66

...................Temperature Gauge . 67..................................Fuel Gauge . 67

Controls Near the Steering...........................................Wheel . 68

.Windshield Wipers and Washers . 69...........Turn Signal and Headlights . 70

........Instrument Panel Brightness . 72..............................Hazard Warning . 72

.................Rear Window Defogger . 73..........Steering Wheel Adjustment . 74

...............................Keys and Locks . 75........................Immobilizer System . 76

................................Ignition Switch . 77..........................Power Door Locks . 78

.......................Remote Transmitter . 79................................................Trunk . 82

........Emergency Trunk Opener . 82

.................................................Seats . 83....................................Seat Heaters . 90

..............................Power Windows . 91.........................................Moonroof . 94

.............................................Mirrors . 95.................................Parking Brake . 97

...........Interior Convenience Items . 98....................................Glove Box . 99

.......................Beverage Holders . 99.............Console Compartment . 100

....................Center CD Pocket . 100...............................Coin Pocket . 101

...................................Sun Visor . 101............................Vanity Mirror . 102

..................................Coat Hook . 102....................Sunglasses Holder . 103

........Accessory Power Sockets . 103...............................Interior Lights . 103

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and Controls 55

Page 59: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Control Locations

Instruments and Controls56

MIRROR CONTROLS

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES

HOOD RELEASEHANDLE

AUDIO SYSTEM

DIGITAL CLOCK

POWER DOOR LOCKMASTER SWITCH

CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM

HEATING/COOLINGCONTROLS

FUEL FILL DOOR/TRUNK RELEASE HANDLE

(P.96)

(P.78)

(P.91)

(P.166)

(P.115)

(P.108)

(P.120)

(P.154)

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

(P.57)INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORSGAUGES(P.65)

(P.103)

ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKETS

(P.165, 82)

(P.72)

Page 60: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

*The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.

Instrument Panel

Instruments and Controls 57

LOW FUEL INDICATOR

MAINTENANCE REQUIREDINDICATOR

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMINDICATOR

LOW OIL PRESSUREINDICATOR

CHARGING SYSTEMINDICATOR

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEMINDICATOR

TCS ACTIVATION INDICATOR

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR

DOOR AND TRUNKOPEN MONITOR

LIGHTS ON INDICATORPARKING BRAKE AND BRAKESYSTEM INDICATOR

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)INDICATOR

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM INDICATOR(P.58, 269)

(P.58, 268)

(P.60)

(P.63)

(P.63)

(P.60)

(P.63)

(P.60)

(P.61)

(P.63)

(P.61)

(P.59)

(P.59)

(P.62, 155)

(P.62)

SEAT BELT REMINDER INDICATOR(P.58)

(P.62)

(P.59)

(P.269)

SIDE AIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

Page 61: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The instrument panel has manyindicators to give you importantinformation about your vehicle. The engine can be severely damaged

if this indicator flashes or stays onwhen the engine is running. Formore information, see page .

If this indicator comes on when theengine is running, the battery is notbeing charged. For more information,see page .

See page .

The seat belt system includes anindicator on the instrument paneland a beeper to remind you and yourpassengers to fasten your seat belts.

If you turn the ignition switch to ON(II) before fastening your seat belt,the beeper sounds and the indicatorflashes. If you do not fasten yourseat belt before the beeper stops, theindicator stops flashing but remainson.

If you continue driving withoutfastening your seat belt, the beepersounds and the indicator flashesagain at regular intervals.

268

269

269

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Seat Belt ReminderIndicator

Low Oil PressureIndicator

Charging SystemIndicator

Malfunction IndicatorLamp

58

Page 62: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This indicator has two functions:

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II).It is a reminder to check theparking brake. If you drive atcertain speeds without fullyreleasing the parking brake, thebeeper sounds continuously.Driving with the parking brake notfully released can damage thebrakes and tires.

This indicator lights briefly whenyou turn the ignition switch to ON(II). If it comes on at any other time,it indicates a potential problem withyour front airbags. This indicator willalso alert you to a potential problemwith your side airbags, passenger’sside airbag automatic cutoff system,side curtain airbags, automatic seatbelt tensioners, driver’s seat positionsensor, or front passenger’s weightsensors. For more information, seepage .

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II). Ifit comes on at any other time, itindicates that the passenger’s sideairbag has automatically shut off.For more information, see page .

If it remains lit after you fullyrelease the parking brake whilethe engine is running, or if itcomes on while driving, therecould be a problem with the brakesystem. For more information, seepage .

1.

2.

271

27

28

Only on models equipped with sideairbags

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Parking Brake and Brake SystemIndicator

Supplemental RestraintSystem Indicator

Side Airbag Off Indicator

59

U.S. Canada

Page 63: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to ON (II). If it comeson at any other time, there is aproblem in the ABS. If this happens,have your vehicle checked by yourHonda dealer. With this indicator on,your vehicle still has normal brakingability but no anti-lock. For moreinformation, see page .

This indicator has three functions:

If it comes on and stays on whenthe Traction Control System is on,it indicates that there is a problemin the TCS.

This indicator normally also comeson for a few seconds when you turnthe ignition switch to ON (II). If itcomes on and stays on at any othertime, or it does not come on whenyou turn the ignition switch to ON(II), there is a problem with the TCS.Take the vehicle to your dealer tohave it checked. See page formore information on the TCS.

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to ON (II). If it comeson and stays on with the TCSActivation Indicator, there is aproblem with the TCS. For moreinformation on the TCS, see page

.

It comes on as a reminder that youhave turned off the TractionControl System.

It flashes when the TCS isregulating wheelspin.

1.

2.

3.191

189

191

On all V6 models On all V6 models

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Indicator

TCS Activation Indicator Traction Control System(TCS) Indicator

60

Page 64: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This indicator comes on for a fewseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II). It will go off if youhave inserted a properly-codedignition key. If it is not a properly-coded key, the indicator will blinkand the engine will not start (seepage ).

This indicator also blinks severaltimes when you turn the ignitionswitch from ON (II) to ACCESSORY(I) or LOCK (0).

The appropriate indicator comes onin this display if the trunk or eitherdoor is not closed tightly.

All the indicators in the monitordisplay come on for a few secondswhen you turn the ignition switch toON (II).

The left or right turn signal indicatorblinks when you signal a lane changeor turn. If the indicators do not blinkor blink rapidly, it usually means oneof the turn signal bulbs is burned out(see page ). Replace the bulb assoon as possible, since other driverscannot see that you are signaling.

When you turn on the HazardWarning button, both turn signalindicators blink. All turn signals onthe outside of the vehicle shouldflash.

76237

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Immobilizer SystemIndicator

Door and Trunk Open Monitor Turn Signal andHazard WarningIndicators

61

Page 65: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This indicator reminds you that theexterior lights are on. It comes onwhen the light switch is in either the

or position. If you turn theignition switch to ACCESSORY (I)or LOCK (0) without turning off thelight switch, this indicator willremain on. A reminder chime willalso sound when you open the driver’sdoor.

This indicator is located in the fuelgauge. It comes on as a reminderthat you must refuel soon.

This indicator comes on when thesecurity system is set. See page

for more information on thesecurity system.155

Instrument Panel Indicators

Instruments and Controls

Lights On Indicator Security System IndicatorLow Fuel Indicator

62

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

LOW FUEL INDICATOR

Page 66: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II)with the headlight switch off and theparking brake set. It should go off ifyou turn on the headlights or releasethe parking brake. If it comes on atany other time, it means there is aproblem with the DRL. There mayalso be a problem with the highbeam headlights.

This indicator comes on with thehigh beam headlights. See page

for information on the headlightcontrols.

On Canadian models, this indicatorcomes on with reduced brightnesswhen the Daytime Running Lights(DRL) are on (see page ).

This indicator comes on when youturn on the Cruise Control Systemby pressing the Master Button. (seepage .)

This indicator comes on when youset the cruise control. See page

for information on operating thecruise control.

This indicator comes on when thewasher fluid level is low. Add washerfluid when you see this indicatorcome on (see page ).

This indicator reminds you that it istime to take your vehicle in for thevehicle’s scheduled maintenanceunder normal driving conditions. Theindicator does not reflect severemaintenance intervals.

Refer to the Maintenance Schedulefor Normal and Severe DrivingConditions on page (4-cylindermodels) or page (6-cylindermodels).

156

71

70

156

224

205210

Canadian models only

Canadian models only

Instrument Panel Indicators, Maintenance Required Indicator

Instruments and Controls

‘‘Daytime RunningLights’’ Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Cruise Main Indicator

Cruise Control Indicator

Washer Level Indicator

Maintenance RequiredIndicator

63

Page 67: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

For the first 8,000 miles (12,800 km)after the Maintenance RequiredIndicator is reset, it will come on fortwo seconds when you turn theignition switch to ON (II).

Between 8,000 miles (12,800 km)and 10,000 miles (16,000 km), thisindicator will light for two secondswhen you first turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II), and then flash forten seconds.

If you exceed 10,000 miles (16,000km) without having the scheduledmaintenance performed, thisindicator will remain on as a constantreminder.

For the first 6,000 miles (9,600 km)after the Maintenance RequiredIndicator is reset, it will come on fortwo seconds when you turn theignition switch to ON (II).

Between 6,000 miles (9,600 km) and7,500 miles (12,000 km) thisindicator will light for two secondswhen you first turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II), and then flash forten seconds.

If you exceed 7,500 miles (12,000km) without having the scheduledmaintenance performed, thisindicator will remain on as a constantreminder.

Your dealer will reset this indicatorafter completing the scheduledmaintenance. If this maintenance isdone by someone other than yourHonda dealer, reset the indicator asfollows.

Turn off the engine.

Press and hold the Select/Resetknob in the instrument panel, thenturn the ignition switch to ON (II).

Hold the knob for about 10seconds until the indicator resets.

1.

2.

3.

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models

Maintenance Required Indicator

Instruments and Controls64

SELECT/RESET KNOB

Page 68: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The gauges illuminate when youturn the ignition switch to ON (II).

The odometer shows the total dis-tance your vehicle has been driven.It measures miles in U.S. models andkilometers in Canadian models.It is illegal under U.S. federal law andCanadian provincial regulations todisconnect, reset, or alter theodometer with the intent to changethe number of miles or kilometersindicated.

The odometer and the outsidetemperature indicator use the samedisplay. To switch the displaybetween the odometer and theoutside temperature, press theSelect/Reset knob. When you turnthe ignition switch to ON (II), whatyou last selected is displayed.

Gauges

Instruments and Controls

Odometer

65

TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER FUEL GAUGE

SELECT/RESETKNOB

MAINTENANCEREQUIREDINDICATOR

TEMPERATUREGAUGE

U.S. model is shown.

TRIP METER

ODOMETER/OUTSIDETEMPERATURE INDICATOR

Page 69: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

± ±

- - - -- - --

This indicator displays the outsidetemperature in Fahrenheit in U.S.models, and in Centigrade inCanadian models. To see the outsidetemperature, press and release theSelect/Reset knob until thetemperature is displayed.

The temperature sensor is in thefront bumper. Therefore, the temper-ature reading can be affected by heatreflection from the road surface, en-gine heat, and the exhaust fromsurrounding traffic. This can causean incorrect temperature readingwhen your speed is under19 mph (30 km/h).

This meter shows the number ofmiles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada)driven since you last reset it.

There are two trip meters: Trip Aand Trip B. Switch between thesedisplays and the odometer/outsidetemperature display by pressing theSelect/Reset knob repeatedly. Eachtrip meter works independently, soyou can keep track of two differentdistances.

When you turn the ignition switch toON (II), what you last selected isdisplayed.

When you start your trip, the sensoris not fully acclimatized, therefore itmay take several minutes until theproper temperature is displayed.

If the outside temperature isincorrectly displayed, you can adjustit up 5°F in U.S. models ( 3°C inCanadian models) warmer or cooler.

In certain weather conditions,temperature readings near freezing(32°F, 0°C) could mean that ice isforming on the road surface.

When it reaches the desired value,release the Select/Reset knob. Youshould see the new outsidetemperature displayed.

NOTE: The temperature must bestabilized before doing thisprocedure.

Select the outside temperaturedisplay, then press the Select/Resetknob for ten seconds. The followingsequence will appear for one secondeach: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5, 4, 3, 2,

1, 0 (U.S.) or 0, 1, 2, 3, 3, 2,1, 0 (Canada).

To reset a trip meter, display it, andthen press and hold the Select/Resetknob until the number resets to ‘‘0.0’’.Both trip meters will reset to ‘‘0.0’’ ifthe vehicle’s battery goes dead or isdisconnected.

On 4-cylinder EX-L and 6-cylinder EXmodels, and all EX models in Canada

Gauges

Instruments and Controls

Outside Temperature Indicator Trip Meter

66

Page 70: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This shows the temperature of theengine’s coolant. During normaloperation, the pointer should rise toabout the middle of the gauge. Insevere driving conditions, the pointermay rise into the upper half of thegauge. If it reaches the red (Hot)mark, pull safely to the side of theroad. Turn to page forinstructions and precautions onchecking the engine’s coolingsystem.

This shows how much fuel you have.It may show slightly more or lessthan the actual amount. The needlereturns to the bottom after you turnoff the ignition.

266

Temperature Gauge Fuel Gauge

Gauges

Instruments and Controls 67

NOTICE: Avoid driving with anextremely low f uel level. Running outof f uel could cause the engine tomisf ire, damaging the catalyticconverter.

Page 71: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To use the horn, press the pad around the ‘‘H’’ logo.

Controls Near the Steering Wheel

Instruments and Controls68

EX-V6 model without navigation system is shown.

CRUISE CONTROLS(P.156)

TILT/TELESCOPIC ADJUSTMENT(P.74)

(P.70)

REMOTE AUDIOCONTROLS(P.152)

(P.94)

MOONROOFSWITCH

(P.192)

TRACTION CONTROLSYSTEM ON/OFF SWITCH

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNALS

HORN INSTRUMENT PANELBRIGHTNESS

(P.69)(P.72)

WINDSHIELDWIPERS/WASHERS

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER(P.73)

(P.120)AUDIO SYSTEM

(P.72)

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

PASSENGERAIRBAG OFFINDICATOR(P.30)

Page 72: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

---

MISTOFFINT IntermittentLO LowHI HighWindshield Washers

Push the right lever up or down toselect a position.

The wipers are not activated.

The wipers run at highspeed until you release the lever.

The length of the wiperinterval is varied automaticallyaccording to the vehicle’s speed.

Vary the delay by turning the INTTIME ring. If you turn it to theshortest delay, the wipers willchange to low speed operationwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 12mph (20 km/h).

Pull thewiper control lever toward you andhold it. The washers spray until yourelease the lever. The wipers run atlow speed, then complete one moresweep after you release the lever.

The wipers run at low speed.

While the vehicle is stopped and ingear, the wipers sweep thewindshield whenever you removeyour foot from the brake pedal.

The wipers run at high speed.

1.2.3.4.5.6

Windshield Wipers and Washers

Instruments and Controls

Windshield Wipers

OFF

MIST

INT

Windshield Washer

LO

HI

69

Page 73: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-Push down on theleft lever to signal a left turn and upto signal a right turn. To signal a lanechange, push lightly on the lever inthe proper direction and hold it. Thelever will return to center when yourelease it or complete a turn.

Rotating theswitch on the left lever to the‘‘ ’’ position turns on the parkinglights, taillights, side-marker lights,and rear license plate lights.

Turning the switch to the ‘‘ ’’position turns on the headlights. Ifyou leave the lights on with the keyremoved from the ignition switch,you will hear a reminder chime whenyou open the driver’s door.

When the light switch is in either ofthese positions, the Lights Onindicator comes on as a reminder.

To turn on, pushthe lever forward until you hear aclick. The blue high beam indicatorwill come on (see page ). Pull itback to return to low beams.

To flash the high beams, pull thelever back lightly, then release it.The high beams will stay on as longas you hold the lever back.

Turn signalOffParking and indicator lightsHeadlights onHigh beamsFlash high beams

1.2.3.4.5.6.

63

Turn Signal and Headlights

Instruments and Controls

Turn Signal

Headlights On

High Beams

70

Page 74: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This feature turns off the headlights,parking lights, taillights, and licenseplate lights within 15 seconds ofremoving the key from the ignitionswitch and closing the driver’s door.

This feature activates if you leavethe headlight switch in the ‘‘ ’’or ‘‘ ’’ position, remove the key,then open and close the driver’s door.

If you remove the key from theignition switch with the headlightswitch on, but do not open the doorand get out, the lights will turn offafter 10 minutes.

The lights will turn on again whenyou unlock or open the driver’s door.

With the headlight switch off, thehigh beam headlights and the highbeam indicator come on withreduced brightness when you turnthe ignition switch to ON (II) andrelease the parking brake. Theyremain on until you turn the ignitionoff, even if you set the parking brake.

The headlights revert to normaloperation when you turn them onwith the switch.

If you unlock the door, but do notopen it within 15 seconds, the lightswill go off. With the driver’s dooropen, you will hear a lights-onreminder chime.

Headlights

Instruments and Controls

Automatic Lighting Off Feature Daytime Running Lights(Canadian Models)

71

Page 75: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The Select/Reset knob on theinstrument panel controls thebrightness of the instrument panellights. Turn the knob to adjust thebrightness.

The instrument panel will illuminatewith reduced brightness when youunlock and open the driver’s door.The brightness will increase slightlywhen you insert the key in theignition switch, then go to normal

brightness when you turn theignition switch to ON (II).

If you do not insert the key in theignition switch after opening thedriver’s door, the illumination turnsoff in about 30 seconds after closingthat door.

If you insert the key but do not turnthe ignition switch to ON (II), theillumination turns off in about 10seconds.

To reduce glare at night, the instru-ment panel illumination dims whenyou turn the light switch to or

. Turning the Select/Resetknob fully to the right until you heara click will cancel the reduced bright-ness.

Push the button between the centervents to turn on the hazard warninglights (four-way flashers). Thiscauses all four outside turn signalsand both turn indicators in theinstrument panel to flash. Use thehazard warning lights if you need topark in a dangerous area near heavytraffic, or if your vehicle is disabled.

Instrument Panel Brightness Hazard Warning

Instrument Panel Brightness, Hazard Warning

Instruments and Controls72

SELECT/RESET KNOB

Page 76: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The rear window defogger will clearfog, frost, and thin ice from thewindow. Push the defogger button toturn it on and off. The indicatorabove/in the button lights to showthe defogger is on. It also shuts offwhen you turn off the ignition. Youhave to turn it on again when yourestart the vehicle.

Make sure the rear window is clearand you have good visibility beforestarting to drive.

The defogger and antenna wires onthe inside of the rear window can beaccidentally damaged. Whencleaning the glass, always wipe sideto side.

Rear Window Defogger

Instruments and Controls 73

Auto A/C type shownManual A/C type shown Vehicles with navigation system

Page 77: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Move the steering wheel so itpoints to your chest, not towardyour face. Make sure you can seethe instrument panel gauges andindicators.

Push the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in position.

Make sure you have securelylocked the steering wheel in placeby trying to move it up, down, in,and out.

Insert the key in the ignitionswitch, and unlock the steeringcolumn.

Push the lever under the steeringcolumn all the way down.

Make any steering wheel adjustmentbefore you start driving.

3.

4.

5.

2.

1.

See page for important safetyinformation about how to properlyposition the steering wheel.

15

Steering Wheel Adjustment

Instruments and Controls74

Adjusting the steering wheelposition while driving maycause you to lose control of thevehicle and be seriously injuredin a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel onlywhen the vehicle is stopped.

Page 78: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The master key fits all the locks onyour vehicle. The valet key worksonly in the ignition and the driver’sdoor lock. You can keep the trunkrelease handle, rear seat trunkaccess, and glove box locked whenyou leave your vehicle and the valetkey at a parking facility.

You should have received a keynumber tag with your keys. You willneed this key number if you everhave to get a lost key replaced. Useonly Honda-approved key blanks.

These keys contain electroniccircuits that are activated by theImmobilizer System. They will notwork to start the engine if thecircuits are damaged.

Protect the keys from directsunlight, high temperature, andhigh humidity.

Do not drop the keys or set heavyobjects on them.

Keep the keys away from liquids.If they get wet, dry themimmediately with a soft cloth.

Keys and Locks

Instruments and Controls 75

MASTERKEY WITHREMOTETRANSMITTER

VALET KEY(LIGHT GREY)

KEYNUMBERTAG

Page 79: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

As required by the FCC:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

The Immobilizer System protectsyour vehicle from theft. If animproperly-coded key (or otherdevice) is used, the engine’s fuelsystem is disabled.

When you turn the ignition switch toON (II), the Immobilizer Systemindicator should come on for a fewseconds, then go out. If the indicatorstarts to blink, it means the systemdoes not recognize the coding of thekey. Turn the ignition switch toLOCK (0), remove the key, reinsertit, and turn the switch to ON (II)again.

The system may not recognize yourkey’s coding if another immobilizerkey or other metal object (i.e. keyfob) is near the ignition switch whenyou insert the key.

If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of your key,contact your Honda dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle undriveable.

If you have lost your key and cannotstart the engine, contact a Hondadealer.

Immobilizer System

Instruments and Controls76

Page 80: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

--

The ignition switch has fourpositions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY(I), ON (II), and START (III).

You can insert orremove the key only in this position.To turn the key, you must push thekey in slightly. If your vehicle has anautomatic transmission, the shiftlever must also be in park.

If the front wheels are turned, theanti-theft lock may make it difficultto turn the key. Firmly turn thesteering wheel to the left or right asyou turn the key.

You canoperate the audio system and theaccessory power sockets in thisposition.

This is the normal keyposition when driving. Several of theindicators on the instrument panelcome on as a test when you turn theignition switch from ACCESSORY(I) to ON (II).

Use this positiononly to start the engine. The switchreturns to ON (II) when you let go ofthe key.

You will hear a reminder beeper ifyou leave the key in the ignitionswitch in the LOCK (0) orACCESSORY (I) position and openthe driver’s door. Remove the key toturn off the beeper.

On automatic transmission model,the shift lever must be in Parkbefore you can remove the key fromthe ignition switch.

Ignition Switch

Instruments and Controls

LOCK (0)ACCESSORY (I)

ON (II)

START (III)

77

Removing the key from theignition switch while drivinglocks the steering. This cancause you to lose control.

Remove the key from theignition switch only whenparked.

Page 81: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

You can open or close the windowsby using the key in the driver’s door(see page ).

To unlock only the driver’s doorfrom the outside, turn the key andrelease it. If you turn it again, bothdoors unlock.

The lock tab on the passenger’s doorlock and unlock only that door.Pulling up on the driver’s door locktab only unlocks the driver’s door.

To lock both doors, push the top ofthe master door lock switch oneither door, or press the lock tabdown on the driver’s door, or use thekey on the outside lock on the driver’sdoor.

Pushing the bottom of either masterdoor lock switch will unlock bothdoors.

To lock the passenger’s door whengetting out of the vehicle, push thelock tab down and close the door. Tolock the driver’s door, remove thekey from the ignition switch andpush the lock tab down or push thetop of the master switch, then closethe door.

With the driver’s door open and thekey in the ignition, both master doorlock switches are disabled. They arenot disabled if the driver’s door isclosed. Pushing the top of the switchon the open passenger’s door willlock both doors.

93

Power Door Locks

Instruments and Controls

Lockout Prevention

78

MASTER DOOR LOCK SWITCH LOCK TAB

Page 82: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Press this button once tolock both doors. Some exterior lightswill flash once. When you pushLOCK twice within 5 seconds, youwill hear a beep to verify that thedoors are locked and (if equipped)that the security system has set. Youcannot lock it if either door is notfully closed or the key is in theignition switch.

Press this button onceto unlock the driver’s door. Push ittwice to unlock the passenger’s door.Some exterior lights will flash twiceeach time you push the button. Ifyou do not open either door within30 seconds, they will automaticallyrelock and the security system sets(except for 4-cylinder LX model).You cannot unlock it if the key is inthe ignition switch.

The ceiling light (if the ceiling lightswitch is in the center position) andthe spotlights (if the switch is in theDoor position) will come on whenyou press the UNLOCK button. Ifyou do not open either door, thelights stay on for about 30 seconds,then fade out. If you relock the doorswith the remote transmitter before30 seconds have elapsed, the lightswill go off immediately.

You can also open both powerwindows from outside the vehiclewith the remote transmitter (seepage ).

Press thisbutton for about one second to openthe trunk. You cannot open it if thekey is in the ignition switch.

Press this button forabout two seconds to attractattention: the horn will sound andthe exterior lights will flash for about30 seconds. To cancel panic mode,press any other button on the remotetransmitter or turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II).

93

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls

LOCK

UNLOCK

TRUNK RELEASE

PANIC

79

UNLOCKBUTTON

LOCKBUTTON

TRUNKRELEASEBUTTON

PANICBUTTON

LED

Page 83: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Battery type: CR1616

If it takes several pushes on thebutton to lock or unlock the doors,replace the battery as soon aspossible.

Avoid dropping or throwing thetransmitter.

Protect the transmitter fromextreme temperature.

Do not immerse the transmitter inany liquid.

If you lose a transmitter, thereplacement needs to bereprogrammed by a Honda dealer.

Inside the transmitter, separatethe inner cover from the keypadby releasing the two tabs on thecover.

Separate the transmitter by pryingits middle seam with yourfingernail.

Remove the screw at the base ofthe transmitter with a smallPhillips-head screwdriver.

To replace the battery:

1.

2.

3.

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls

Replacing the Transmitter BatteryRemote Transmitter Care

80

SCREW

BATTERY

TAB

Page 84: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Remove the old battery from theback of the inner cover, and notethe polarity. Make sure thepolarity of the new battery is thesame ( side facing down), theninsert it into the back of the cover.

Install the parts in reverse order.

4.

5.

As required by the FCC:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

Remote Transmitter

Instruments and Controls 81

Page 85: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

You can open the trunk in two ways:

Pull the trunk release handle tothe left of the driver’s seat.

Press and hold the trunk releasebutton on the remote transmitter.

To close the trunk, press down onthe trunk lid.

Keep the trunk lid closed at all timeswhile driving to avoid damaging thelid, and to prevent exhaust gas fromgetting into the interior. See

on page .

To protect items in the trunk whenyou need to give the key to someoneelse:

Lock the trunk release handlewith the master key.

Give the person the valet key.

As a safety feature, your vehicle hasa release lever on the trunk latch sothe trunk can be opened from theinside. To open the trunk, push therelease lever to the left.

Parents should decide if theirchildren should be shown how to usethis feature.For more information about childsafety, see page .

1.

2.

51

36

Trunk

Instruments and Controls

Trunk

CarbonMonoxide Hazard

Emergency Trunk Opener

82

Pull

TRUNK RELEASE HANDLE

MASTERKEY

Page 86: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-All V6 models, the 4-cylinder EX-Lmodel, and all Canadian EX modelshave a power adjustable driver’s seat.

The 4-cylinder EX model has apower seat bottom heightadjustment. All other driver’s seatadjustments in this model aremanual.

The 4-cylinder LX model has manualdriver’s seat adjustments (see nextcolumn).

The front passenger’s seat in allmodels adjusts manually.

To change the seat-back angle, pullup on the lever on the outside of theseat bottom.

To adjust the seat forward andbackward, pull up on the bar underthe seat cushion’s front edge. Movethe seat to the desired position andrelease the bar. Try to move the seatto make sure it is locked in position.

Make all seat adjustments beforeyou start driving.

See pages for important safetyinformation and warnings about how toproperly position the seats and seat-backs.

11 13

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Manual Seat Adjustments

83

Page 87: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The height of your driver’s seat isadjustable. To raise the seat bottom,repeatedly pull up the lever on theoutside of the seat cushion. To lowerthe seat, push down the leverrepeatedly.

Make all seat adjustments beforeyou start driving.

Make sure to pull the lever upwardor downward to its full range.

The height of your driver’s seat ispower adjustable. Pull up on theswitch to raise the seat. Push it downto lower the seat.

Make all seat adjustments beforeyou start driving.

On 4-cylinder EX modelOn 4-cylinder LX model

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Driver’s Seat Manual HeightAdjustment

Driver’s Seat Power HeightAdjustment

84

Page 88: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-See pages for important safetyinformation and warnings about how toproperly position the seats and seat-backs.

On all V6 models, and the 4-cylinderEX-L model

11 13

The controls for the adjustabledriver’s power seat are on theoutside edge of the seat bottom. Youcan adjust the power seat with theignition switch in any position. Makeall seat adjustments before you startdriving.

Moving the long horizontal switchadjusts the seat bottom in severaldirections. The seat bottom adjustsin the direction you move the switch.The short vertical switch adjusts theseat-back angle.

Raises or lowers theseat.

Adjusts the seat-back angle forwardor backward.

Moves the front ofthe seat up or downand the rear of theseat up or down.

Moves the seatforward andbackward.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Power Seat Adjustments

85

Page 89: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To change the lumbar support, movethe lever on the right side of theseat-back forward or backward.Keep moving the lever forward orbackward until you find a suitableposition.

To use the console lid as an armrest,slide it to the desired position.

Make sure the passenger’s hands orfingers are away from the armrestbefore moving it.

To get into the rear seat on thedriver’s side, open the door and pullthe release lever up on the side ofthe seat-back. The seat-back will tiltforward to allow easier entry to therear seat.

On all EX and EX-V6 modelsOn all V6 models and 4-cylinder EX-Lmodel

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Driver’s Lumbar Support Armrest Rear Seat AccessDriver’s Side

86

RELEASE LEVER

Page 90: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To get into the rear seat on thedriver’s side, open the door and pullup on the seat-back adjustment lever.The seat-back will tilt forward toallow easier entry to the rear seat.

To get into the rear seat on thepassenger’s side, push downward onthe release lever at the base of theseat-back. The seat-back will tiltforward and the entire seat will moveforward to allow easier entry to therear seat.

After a passenger gets into the backseat, push the seat-back to theupright position and push the wholeseat backwards until it latches. Makesure the seat is fully latched beforesitting in it.

On LX and EX models

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Passenger’s Side

87

SEAT-BACK ADJUSTMENT LEVER RELEASE LEVER

Page 91: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

See page for important safetyinformation and a warning about how toproperly position the head restraints.

13

The head restraints help protect youand your passengers from whiplashand other injuries.

Your vehicle has adjustable headrestraints on the front seats. Theyare also on the outside positions ofthe rear seat.

They are most effective when youadjust them so the back of theoccupant’s head rests against thecenter of the restraint.

The head restraints adjust for height.You need both hands to adjust therestraint. Do not attempt to adjust itwhile driving. To raise it, pull upward.To lower the restraint, push therelease button sideways, and pushthe restraint down.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Head Restraints

88

RELEASE BUTTON

FRONT REAR

Page 92: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

When storing cargo, you can movethe rear center shoulder belt out ofthe way by removing the belt fromthe guide.

Do not put any heavy items on theseat-back when it is folded.

The left and right halves can befolded separately from inside thevehicle or inside the trunk. To folddown the seat-back from inside thevehicle, insert the master key in thelock on the rear shelf. To fold downthe driver’s side, turn the keyclockwise, pull down the top of theseat-back, then release the key. Tofold down the passenger’s side, turnthe key counterclockwise andperform the same procedure.

To release the seat-back from insidethe trunk, pull the release under thetrunk panel. Push the seat-backdown, then let go of the release.

To lock the seat-back upright, push itfirmly against the trunk panel. Makesure it is latched in place by pullingon the top of the seat.

Seats

Instruments and Controls

Folding Rear Seat

89

GUIDE

Pull

CENTERSHOULDER BELTMASTER KEY

Page 93: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Both front seats are equipped withseat heaters. Because of the sensorsfor the side airbag system, there isno heater in the passenger’s seat-back. The ignition switch must beON (II) to use the heaters.

Make sure all rear shoulder belts arepositioned in front of the rear seat-back whenever the seat-back is in itsupright position.

Make sure all items in the trunk, oritems extending through the openinginto the back seat, are secured.Loose items can fly forward andcause injury if you have to brakehard. See on page

.

Never drive with the seat-backfolded down and the trunk lid open.See onpage .

Push the front of the switch, HI, torapidly heat up the seat. After theseat reaches a comfortabletemperature, select LO by pushing

the back of the switch. This will keepthe seat warm.

In HI, the heater turns off when theseat gets warm, and turns back onafter the seat’s temperature drops.

In LO, the heater runs continuously.It does not cycle with temperaturechanges.

Follow these precautions when usingthe seat heaters:

Use the HI setting only to heat theseats quickly, because it drawslarge amounts of current from thebattery.

If the engine is left idling for anextended period, do not use theseat heaters, even on the LOsetting. It can weaken the battery,causing hard starting.

173

51

On EX-V6 model and EX-L model

Seat Heaters

Carrying Cargo

Carbon Monoxide Hazard

Seats, Seat Heaters

Instruments and Controls90

SEATHEATERSWITCH

Page 94: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

You vehicle’s windows areelectrically-powered. Turn theignition switch to ON (II) to raise orlower either window.

Each door has a switch that controlsits window. To open the window,push the switch down and hold it.Release the switch when you wantthe window to stop. Close thewindow by pulling back on theswitch and holding it.

The driver’s armrest has a masterpower window control panel. Toopen the passenger’s window, pushdown on the switch and hold it downuntil the window reaches the desiredposition. To close the window, pullback on the window switch. Releasethe switch when the window gets tothe position you want.

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls 91

MAIN SWITCHDRIVER’S WINDOWSWITCH

Closing a power window onsomeone’s hands or fingers cancause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers areaway from the windows beforeclosing them.

Page 95: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

When you push the MAIN switch in,the switch is OFF, and thepassenger’s window cannot be raisedor lowered. To cancel this feature,push on the switch again to get it topop out. Keep the MAIN switch offwhen you have children in thevehicle so they do not injurethemselves by operating the windowunintentionally.

To open the driver’swindow fully, push the windowswitch firmly down, then release it.The window automatically goesdown all the way. To stop thewindow from going all the way down,pull back on the window switchbriefly.

To close the driver’s window fully,pull back the window switch firmly,then release it. The windowautomatically goes all the way up. Tostop the window from going all theway up, push down on the windowswitch briefly.

To open or close the driver’s windowpartially, push down or pull back onthe window switch lightly and hold it.The window will stop when yourelease the switch.

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, or thedriver’s window fuse is removed, theAUTO function will be disabled. Thepower window system needs to bereset after reconnecting the batteryor installing the fuse.

Start the engine. Push down andhold the driver’s window switchuntil the window is fully open.

Pull and hold the driver’s windowswitch to close the windowcompletely, then hold the switchfor a second or two more.

If the power windows do not operateproperly after resetting, have yourvehicle checked by a Honda dealer.Auto reverse stops sensing when the

window is almost closed. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the windowbefore closing it.

If the driver’swindow runs into any obstacle whileit is closing automatically, it willreverse direction and then stop. Toclose the window, remove theobstacle, then use the window switchagain.

1.

2.

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls

AUTO

Auto Reverse

92

Page 96: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

You can open and close the windowswith the key in the driver’s door lock.

To open:Insert the key in the driver’s doorlock.

Turn the key clockwise, thenrelease it.

You can open both windows from theoutside with the remote transmitter.

Press the UNLOCK button onceto unlock the driver’s door.

Press the UNLOCK button asecond time, and hold it. Thepassenger’s door unlocks, andboth windows start to open. Tostop the windows, release thebutton.

To open the windows further,press the button again.

You cannot close the windows withthe remote transmitter.

The power window system has a key-off delay function. The windows willstill operate for up to 10 minutesafter you turn off the ignition.Opening either door cancels thedelay function. You must turn theignition switch to ON (II) againbefore you can raise or lower thewindows.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

Power Windows

Instruments and Controls

Opening/Closing the Windowswith the Key

Opening the Windows with theRemote Transmitter

93

UNLOCK BUTTON

Close

Open

Page 97: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The moonroof has two positions: itcan be tilted up in the back forventilation, or it can be slid back intothe roof. Use the switch under theleft dashboard vent to operate themoonroof. The ignition switch mustbe ON (II).

To close the windows further, turnand hold the key again (within10 seconds).

NOTE: If the window stops beforethe desired position, repeat steps 2and 3.

Turn the key counterclockwiseagain, and hold it. Both windowsstart to close. To stop the windows,release the key.

Turn the key counterclockwise,then release it.

Insert the key in the driver’s doorlock.

To close:

Turn the key clockwise again, andhold it. Both windows start to open.To stop the windows, release thekey.

To open the windows further, turnand hold the key again (within10 seconds).

NOTE: If the window stops beforethe desired position, repeat steps 2and 3.

1.

2.

3.

4.

3. 4.

On all EX and EX-V6 models

Power Windows, Moonroof

Instruments and Controls

Moonroof

94

MOONROOF SWITCH

Page 98: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Keep the inside and outside mirrorsclean and adjusted for best visibility.Be sure to adjust the mirrors beforeyou start driving.

The inside mirror has day and nightpositions. The night position reducesglare from headlights behind you.Flip the tab on the bottom edge ofthe mirror to select the day or nightposition.

The moonroof has a key-off delay.You can still open and close themoonroof for up to 10 minutes afteryou turn off the ignition. The key-offdelay cancels as soon as you openeither door. You must then turn theignition to ON (II) for the moonroofto operate.

To tilt up the back of the moonroof,press and hold the center button( ). To close the moonroof,press and hold the upper part of theswitch ( ). To open themoonroof, press and hold the lowerpart of the switch ( ). Releasethe switch when the moonroof getsto the desired position. Make sureeveryone’s hands are away from themoonroof before opening or closingit.

Moonroof, Mirrors

Instruments and Controls

Mirrors

95

NOTICE:

TAB

Opening or closing themoonroof on someone’s handsor fingers can cause seriousinjury.

Make sure all hands and fingersare clear of the moonroofbefore opening or closing it.

If you try to open themoonroof in below-f reezingtemperatures, or when it is coveredwith snow or ice, you can damage themoonroof panel or motor.

Page 99: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Push or pull the adjustment knobright, left, up, or down to move themirror.

When you finish, turn theadjustment knob to the center(off) position. This turns off theadjustment knob to keep yoursettings.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

Turn the adjustment knob to L(driver’s side) or R (passenger’sside).

The outside mirrors are heated toremove fog and frost. With theignition switch in the ON (II)position, turn on the heaters bypressing the button. The indicator inthe button comes on as a reminder.Press the button again to turn theheaters off.

3.

4.

1.

2.

On all Canadian models

Mirrors

Instruments and Controls

Adjusting the Power Mirrors

96

HEATED MIRROR BUTTONADJUSTMENT KNOB

Page 100: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To apply the parking brake, pull thelever up fully. To release it, pull upslightly, push the button, and lowerthe lever. The parking brakeindicator on the instrument panelshould go out when the parkingbrake is fully released with theengine running (see page ).

If you drive at certain speeds withoutfully releasing the parking brake, thebeeper sounds continuously.

59

Parking Brake

Instruments and Controls 97

NOTICE:

PARKING BRAKE LEVER

Driving the vehicle with theparking brake applied can damage therear brakes and axles.

Page 101: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls98

BEVERAGE HOLDER

COIN POCKET

ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET

VANITY MIRROR

SUNGLASSESHOLDER

BEVERAGE HOLDER SUN VISOR

ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET

BEVERAGE HOLDER

COAT HOOK

GLOVE BOX

CONSOLECOMPARTMENT

CENTER POCKET

Page 102: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Open the glove box by pulling thehandle to the left. Close it with a firmpush. Lock or unlock the glove boxwith the master key.

The glove box light comes on whenthe parking lights are on.

Spilled liquids can damage theupholstery, carpeting, and electricalcomponents in the interior.

Be careful when you are using thebeverage holders. A spilled liquidthat is very hot can scald you or yourpassengers. Liquid can also spillfrom the door pocket beverageholders when you open or close thedoors. Use only resealablecontainers in the door pockets.

Interior Convenience Items

Glove Box Beverage Holders

Instruments and Controls 99

GLOVE BOX

An open glove box can causeserious injury to your passengerin a crash, even if thepassenger is wearing the seatbelt.

Always keep the glove boxclosed while driving.

Page 103: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To open the console compartment,pull up on the right lever and lift thearmrest.

To close, lower the armrest, andpush it down until it latches.

You can put small items in the traylocated in the console compartmentlid. To use the tray, pull up on theleft lever and lift up the armrest.

The tray in the console compartmenthas a coin holder.

To open the center CD pocket, push-down on the center of the lid tounlatch it. It will swing openautomatically. To close it, push thelid down until it latches. This pocketcan store up to 12 CDs.

On U.S. vehicles without navigationsystem and all Canadian models

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Console Compartment Center CD Pocket

100

CONSOLE COMPARTMENT

RIGHT LEVER LEFT LEVER

Push

Page 104: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To open the coin pocket, pull the lidup. To close it, push the lid downuntil it latches. The compartmentcannot be used as an ashtray.

Make sure you put the sun visorback in place when you are gettinginto or out of the vehicle.

Do not use the sun visor extensionover the rear view mirror.

In this position, the sun visor can beadjusted by moving it on its slider.

To use the sun visor, pull it down.When using the sun visor for theside window, remove the support rodfrom the clip and swing it out.

In this position, the sun visor can beextended by sliding out theextension. Do not use the sun visorextension over the rear view mirror.

On vehicles without side curtain airbags

On vehicles with side curtain airbags

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Sun VisorCoin Pocket

101

EXTENSION

SUN VISOR

Page 105: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Pull up the vanity mirror cover to useit. The lights beside the mirror comeon when you pull up the cover.

To use a coat hook, pull it down.Close it with a firm push.

Make sure the coat hook is closedwhen you are not using it. This hookis not designed for large or heavyitems.

On vehicles with side curtain airbags

Interior Convenience Items

Instruments and Controls

Vanity Mirror Coat Hook

102

COAT HOOK

Do not put a coat hanger orhard objects on a coat hook.This could result in injuries ifyour side curtain airbag inflates.

Page 106: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To open the sunglasses holder, pushon the front edge. Make sure theholder is closed while you are driving.Some larger styles of sunglassesmay not fit in the holder.

You may also store small items inthis holder. Make sure they aresmall enough to let the holder closeand latch, and that they are notheavy enough to cause the holder topop open while driving.

These sockets are intended to supplypower for 12 volt DC accessoriesthat are rated 120 watts or less (10amps).

To use an accessory power socket,the ignition switch must be inACCESSORY (I) or ON (II).

None of the sockets will power anautomotive type cigarette lighterelement. When more than onesocket is being used, the combinedpower rating of the accessoriesshould be 120 watts or less(10 amps).

The ceiling light has a three-positionswitch; ON, Door Activated, andOFF. In the Door Activated (center)position, the light comes on whenyou:

Open either door.Unlock the doors with the key orremote transmitter.

CONTINUED

Interior Convenience Items, Interior Lights

Instruments and Controls

Sunglasses Holder Accessory Power Sockets Ceiling Light

103

ON

OFF

DOOR ACTIVATED

Page 107: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The spotlights have a two-positionswitch. In the DOOR position, thelights come on when you open eitherdoor. In the OFF position, the lightsdo not come on.

Turn on a spotlight by pushing thelens. Push the lens again to turn itoff. You can use the spotlights at alltimes.

After both doors are closed tightly,the light dims slightly, then fades outin about 30 seconds.

The ceiling light (with the switch inthe center position) comes on whenyou remove the key from the ignitionswitch. If you do not open a door, thelight stays on, then fades out inabout 30 seconds.

If you leave either door open withthe key not in the ignition switch, theceiling light will go off after threeminutes. On EX and EX-V6 models

Interior Lights

Instruments and Controls

Spotlights

104

LX and LX-V6 models EX and EX-V6 models

DOORACTIVATED

OFF

Page 108: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The courtesy light between thespotlights comes on when you turnthe parking lights on. To adjust itsbrightness, turn the Select/Resetknob on the instrument panel.

The spotlights (with the switch inthe DOOR position) also come onwhen you unlock the door with thekey or the remote transmitter, andwhen you remove the key from theignition switch.

The courtesy light in each doorcomes on when the door is opened,and goes out when the door is closed.

Your vehicle also has a courtesy lightin the ignition switch. This lightcomes on when you open the driver’sdoor. It fades out in about 30seconds after the door is closed.

On EX and EX-V6 models

Interior Lights

Courtesy Lights

Instruments and Controls 105

IGNITION SWITCH LIGHT

DOOR LIGHT COURTESY LIGHT

Page 109: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

106

Page 110: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The heating and air conditioningsystems in your Honda provide acomfortable driving environment inall weather conditions.

The standard audio system hasmany features. This section de-scribes those features and how touse them.

Your Honda has an anti-theft audiosystem that requires a code numberto enable it.

Navigation Systems are available onU.S. models only.

The security system helps to dis-courage vandalism and theft of yourHonda.

............Vents, Heating, and A/C . 108..........................Using the A/C . 113

To Cool or Heat.......................Automatically . 115

.........Dual Temperature Control . 117.............Climate Control Sensors . 119

.........................Playing the Radio . 120...........................Radio Reception . 126

Playing the XM Satellite.........................................Radio . 128

.................................Playing a CD . 134..................................CD Changer . 137

...................Protecting Your CDs . 142........CD Player Error Messages . 143

....CD Changer Error Messages . 144..............................Playing a Tape . 146

............Steering Wheel Controls . 152................Radio Theft Protection . 153

.........................Setting the Clock . 154...........................Security System . 155

..............................Cruise Control . 156HomeLink Universal

...............................Transceiver . 159

On all models except for 4-cylinder LXmodel

Comfort and Convenience Features

Comfort and Convenience Features 107

Page 111: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features108

TEMPERATURECONTROL DIAL

AIR CONDITIONING(A/C) BUTTON

MODE BUTTONS

TEMPERATURE DISPLAY

DRIVER’ S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROL DIAL

PASSENGER’ S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROL DIAL

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGERBUTTON

AIR CONDITIONING(A/C) BUTTON

DEFROSTBUTTON

RECIRCULATION BUTTON

OFF BUTTON

DUALBUTTON

AUTOBUTTON

FAN CONTROLBUTTONS

MODEBUTTON

LX, EX and LX-V6 models

FAN CONTROL DIAL

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGERBUTTON

RECIRCULATION BUTTON

Without Navigation System4-cylinder EX-L model and EX-V6 model

Page 112: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features 109

DRIVER’S SIDETEMPERATURE DISPLAY

PASSENGER’S SIDETEMPERATURE DISPLAY

DEFROSTBUTTON

RECIRCULATIONBUTTON

TEMPERATURE DISPLAY

FAN CONTROLICONS

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER BUTTON

OFFBUTTON

DRIVER’SSIDETEMPERATURECONTROLBUTTONS

With Navigation System (U.S. vehicles only)4-cylinder EX-L model and EX-V6 model

AUTOBUTTON

MODE ICONS

A/C BUTTON

AIR CONDITIONING(A/C) ICONS

PASSENGER’S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROL BUTTONS

DUAL BUTTON

Page 113: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

▲ ▼

For Vehicles with Navigation System For vehicles with Navigation System

For vehicles without Navigation System

For Vehicles without Navigation System

On all models except for EX-L andEX-V6 models

On EX-L and EX-V6 modelsOn EX-L and EX-V6 models

On EX-L and EX-V6 models

On all models except for EX-L andEX-V6 models

On all models except for EX-L andEX-V6 models

You can manually select the fanspeed. Press the A/C button to viewthe display, then press any of the fancontrol icons.

Turning this dial clockwise increasesthe temperature of the airflow.

Press the DUAL button. The greenindicator in the button will come on.The driver and passenger can eachselect the temperature controlbuttons ( or ) to thedesired setting.

When the indicator in the DUALbutton is off, both sides adjust to thesame temperature.

Press the DUAL button to selectdual temperature control mode (seepage ).

This button turns the airconditioning on and off. The lightabove the button is on when the A/Cis on.

The driver and passenger can selectindependent temperature settings.

Push the DUAL button. When theindicator in the button is lit, turn thedials to adjust the temperature.

For EX-L (EX model with leatherinterior) and EX-V6 model, see page

for Automatic Climate Controland Manual Operations information.

Turn this dial clockwise to increasefan speed and increase the airflow.

You can manually select the fanspeed by pressing the fan controlbuttons ( or ). The fanspeed is shown by vertical bars inthe display.

117

115

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Temperature Control

Dual Button

Air Conditioning (A/C) Button/Icons

Fan Control

110

Page 114: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning on and off. You will seeA/C ON or A/C OFF selected in thedisplay.

Press the A/C button to view thedisplay. Touching ON or OFF in thedisplay turns the air conditioning onand off. You will see A/C ON or A/COFF in the display.

When you turn the A/C off, thesystem cannot regulate the insidetemperature if you set thetemperature control below theoutside temperature.

When the light in/above the buttonis on, air from the vehicle’s interior issent throughout the system again.When the light is off, air is broughtin from the outside of the vehicle(Fresh Air mode).

The outside air intakes for theheating and cooling system are atthe base of the windshield. Keep thisarea clear of leaves and other debris.

The system should be left in FreshAir mode under almost all conditions.Keeping the system in Recirculationmode, particularly with the A/C off,can cause the windows to fog up.

Switch to Recirculation mode whendriving through dusty or smokyconditions, then return to Fresh Airmode.

This button turns the rear windowdefogger off and on (see page ).

Use the mode control buttons oricons to select the vents the air flowsfrom. Some air will flow from thedashboard corner vents in all modes.

Each time you press the MODEbutton, the display shows the modeselected.

Press the A/C button to view thedisplay, then touch any of the modeicons on the display.

73For Vehicles without Navigation System

For Vehicles with Navigation System

For vehicles without Navigation System

For vehicles with Navigation System

On EX-L and EX-V6 models

On EX-L and EX-V6 models

On EX-L and EX-V6 models

CONTINUED

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Recirculation Button Rear Window Defogger Button

Mode Control

111

Page 115: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Air flows from the centerand corner vents in the dashboard.

Air flow is divided betweenthe vents in the dashboard and thefloor vents.

Air flows from the floorvents.

Air flow is divided betweenthe floor vents and the defrostervents at the base of the windshield.

Air flows from the defrostervents at the base of the windshield.

When you select or ,the system automatically switches toFresh Air mode and turns on theA/C. In these modes, the A/C stayson with the indicator off.

When you select , the systemautomatically switches to Fresh Airmode.

The system automaticallyturns on the A/C and switches toRecirculation mode. Air flows fromthe center and side vents in thedashboard.

The flow-through ventilation systemdraws in outside air, circulates itthrough the interior, then exhausts itthrough vents near the rear window.

Set the temperature control dial orthe button to the lower limit.Make sure the A/C is off.Select and Fresh Air mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.

The heater uses engine coolant towarm the air. If the engine is cold, itwill be several minutes before youfeel warm air coming through thesystem.

Select .When you select , the systemautomatically switches to FreshAir mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.Adjust the warmth of the air withthe temperature control dial.

1.

1.

2.3.4.

2.3.

On all models except for EX-L andEX-V6 models

Except for EX-L and EX-V6 models withNavigation System

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

MAX A/C Button

Ventilation

Using the Heater

112

Page 116: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

▲ ▼

CONTINUED

Press the A/C button, the ManualOperation of A/C screen willappear.Select the desired mode and fanspeed icons on the display.Adjust the warmth with thetemperature buttons ( or ).

Air conditioning places an extra loadon the engine. Watch the enginecoolant temperature gauge (see page

). If it moves near the red zone,turn off the A/C until the gaugereads normally.

Turn on the A/C by pressing thebutton. The light above the buttoncomes on when a fan speed isselected. The display shows A/CON.Make sure the temperaturecontrol dial is set to the lower limit.Select .If the outside air is humid, selectthe Recirculation mode. If theoutside air is dry, select the FreshAir mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.

Press the A/C button, the ManualOperation of A/C screen willappear.Select the ON icon on the display.Select the desired temperatureand MODE selections. If theoutside air is humid, select theRecirculation mode. If the outsideair is dry, select the Fresh Airmode.

you cancool it down more rapidly by partiallyopening the windows, turning on theA/C, and setting the fan tomaximum speed in Fresh Air mode.

1.1.

2.

3.

2.3.

1.

2.

3.4.

5.

67

If the interior is very warm,

On EX-L and EX-V6 models withNavigation System

Except for EX-L and EX-V6 models withNavigation System

On EX-L and EX-V6 models withNavigation System

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Using the A/C

113

Page 117: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To cool with the interior with MAXA/C:

Set the fan to the desired speed.Select the MAX A/C mode. Thesystem automatically turns on theA/C, selects , and switches tothe Recirculation mode.Make sure the temperaturecontrol dial is all the way to the left.

Air conditioning, as it cools, removesmoisture from the air. When used incombination with the heater, itmakes the interior warm and dry.

Switch the fan on.Turn on the air conditioning.Select and Fresh Air mode.Adjust the temperature controldial or buttons to your preference.

Once the engine is warmed up, thissetting is suitable for all drivingconditions.

To remove fog from the inside of thewindows:

When you switch to another modefrom , the A/C stays on.Press the A/C button to turn it off.

Set the fan to the desired speed orhigh for faster defrosting.Select . When you select

, the system automaticallyswitches to Fresh Air mode andturns on the A/C. The A/Cindicator will not come on, if it wasoff to start with.Adjust the temperature controldial or buttons so the airflow feelswarm.Select to help clear therear window.To increase airflow to thewindshield, close the side vents.

1.

1.2.

3.

2.3.4.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

On all models except for EX-L andEX-V6 models

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

Dehumidify the Interior To Defog and Defrost

114

Page 118: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

▲▼

Select . The systemautomatically switches to FreshAir mode and turns on the A/C.The A/C indicator will not comeon, if it was off to start with.Select .Set the fan and temperaturecontrols to maximum level.

To clear the windows faster, you canclose the dashboard corner vents byrotating the wheel below it. This willsend more warm air to thewindshield defroster vents. Once thewindshield is clear, select the FreshAir mode to avoid fogging thewindows.

For your safety, make sure you havea clear view through all the windowsbefore driving.

The Automatic Climate Controlsystem can adjust the fan speed andairflow levels to maintain the interiortemperature you select.

In the AUTO mode, the vehicle’sinterior temperature isindependently regulated for thedriver and passenger. If the driver’sside of the vehicle is getting toomuch sun, the system will adjust to alower temperature.

Press the Auto button. WithNavigation System, the light in thebutton comes on.

Set the desired temperature byturning the Temperature Controldial. You will see AUTO in thesystem’s display.

Set the desired temperature bypressing the to raise thetemperature or the to lower thetemperature. The selectedtemperature will show in the upperdisplay.

1. 1.

2.3.

2.

CONTINUED

Without Navigation System

With Navigation System

EX-L and EX-V6 models with NavigationSystem

On EX-L and EX-V6 modelsOn EX-L and EX-V6 models

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Remove Exterior Frost or IceFrom the Windows

Using Automatic Climate ControlTo Cool or Heat Automatically

115

Page 119: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The system automatically selects theproper mix of conditioned and/orheated air to raise or lower theinterior temperature to thetemperature you selected.

If you set the temperature to itslower limit ( ) or its highest limit( ), the system runs at full coolingor heating only. It does not regulatethe interior temperature.

In cold weather, the fan will notcome on automatically until theheater starts to develop warm air.

You can manually select variousfunctions of the Climate ControlSystem when it is in AUTO. All otherfeatures remain automaticallycontrolled.

Manual selections will cause theword AUTO in the display to go out.

If you press the A/C button next tothe display, the manual selectionswill show in the display. Manualselection will cause the light in theAUTO button to turn off.

Turning the fan speed andtemperature control dials all the wayto left shuts off the systemcompletely.

If you press OFF, the ClimateControl system shuts off completely.

Keep the system completely offfor short periods only.

Whenthe indicator in the Dual button is on,the driver’s side and passenger’s sidetemperature can be controlledindependently (see page ).

To keep stale air and mustinessfrom collecting, you should havethe fan running at all times.

When the Climate Control System isturned OFF, the temperature in theupper display will also turn off.

117

Without Navigation System

With Navigation System

With Navigation System

On EX-L and EX-V6 models

Except for EX-L and EX-V6 modelsOn EX-L and EX-V6 models

Vents, Heating, and A/C

Comfort and Convenience Features

LoHi

Manual Operation To Turn Everything Off

Dual Temperature Control

116

Page 120: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Without Navigation System

With Navigation System

On EX-L and EX-V6 models

Your vehicle has two temperaturecontrol dials, one for the driver, andone for the passenger.

Your vehicle has four temperaturecontrol buttons, two for the driver,and two for the passenger.

The driver’s side and the passenger’sside can be controlled independentlyby adjusting these dials or buttonswhen the green indicator in theDUAL button is lit.

Push AUTO or . The selectedtemperatures appears in the display(in the upper display with thenavigation system). When theindicator in the DUAL button is off,you can adjust both sides to thesame temperature by adjusting thedriver’s side temperature control dialor buttons. CONTINUED

Dual Temperature Control

Comfort and Convenience Features

Temperature Control Dials/Buttons

117

DUAL BUTTON

Without Navigation System

DUAL BUTTON

DRIVER’S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROL BUTTONS

PASSENGER’S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROL BUTTONS

With Navigation System

DRIVER’S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROL DIAL

PASSENGER’S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROL DIAL

Page 121: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

▲ ▼

▲ ▼

To set the driver’s side temperatureto a different value than thepassenger’s, press the DUAL button,then turn the driver’s control dial orpress the or buttons on thedriver’s side. To set the passenger’sside to a different value than thedriver’s, turn the passenger’s controldial or press the or buttons onthe passenger’s side. You can adjustthe passenger’s side withoutpressing the DUAL button first.

When you set the temperature to itslower limit or its upper limit, it will bedisplayed as ‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’.

Dual Temperature Control

Comfort and Convenience Features118

DRIVER’S SIDE PASSENGER’S SIDE

Page 122: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The climate control system has twosensors. A sunlight sensor is in thetop of the dashboard, and atemperature sensor is next to thesteering column. Do not cover thesensors or spill any liquid on them.

Climate Control Sensors

Comfort and Convenience Features

Sunlight and TemperatureSensors

119

SUNLIGHT SENSOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Page 123: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing the Radio

120

PWR/VOL KNOB

SEEK BAR

STEREO INDICATOR

A.SELBUTTON

SEEK BAR

AM/FMBUTTON

SCANBUTTON

TUNE BAR

PRESETBARS

TUNE BAR

PRESETBARS

SOUND BUTTONSCAN BUTTON

A.SELBUTTON

AM/FM BUTTON

STEREO INDICATOR

PWR/VOL KNOB

SOUND BUTTON

LX model EX and LX-V6 models

Page 124: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features 121

PWR/VOL KNOB

STEREO INDICATOR

A.SELBUTTON

SEEK BAR

TUNE BAR

PRESETBARS

TUNE BAR

PRESETBARS

SOUND BUTTONSCAN BUTTON

A.SELBUTTON

PWR/VOL KNOB

SOUND BUTTON

AM/FM BUTTON

SCAN BUTTON

EX-L and EX-V6 models(Canadian Vehicles only)

AM/FMBUTTON

STEREOINDICATOR

SEEKBAR

EX-L and EX-V6 modelswithout Navigation System(U.S. Vehicles only)

Page 125: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features122

AM/FM BUTTON

PWR/VOL KNOB

SEEK BAR

UPPER DISPLAY

AUDIO DISPLAY BUTTON

TUNE/SOUND KNOB

SOUND ICONAUDIO SELECT ICON

SCAN BUTTON

STEREO INDICATOR

SCANICON

EX-L and EX-V6 modelswith Navigation System (U.S. Vehicles only)

PRESET ICONS

Page 126: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Turn the system on by pushing thePWR/VOL knob or the AM/FMbutton. Adjust the volume by turningthe same knob.

Pushing the AUDIO DISPLAYbutton will also turn on the system.

The band and frequency that theradio was last tuned to is displayed.To change bands, press the AM/FMbutton. On the FM band, ST will bedisplayed if the station is broadcast-ing in stereo. Stereo reproduction onAM is not available.

XM Satellite Radio information isavailable on page .

You can use any of five methods tofind radio stations on the selectedband: thepreset bars/icons, and

.

Use the TUNE bar orknob to tune the radio to a desiredfrequency. Press the side of thebar or turn the knob to the right totune to a higher frequency, andpress the side or turn the knobto the left to tune to a lowerfrequency.

The SEEK functionsearches up and down from thecurrent frequency to find a stationwith a strong signal. To activate it,press the or side of thebar, then release it.

The SCAN functionsamples all stations with strongsignals on the selected band. Toactivate it, press the SCAN button,then release it, or touch the SCANicon on vehicles with navigationsystem. You will see SCAN in thedisplay. The system will scan for astation with a strong signal. When itfinds one, it will stop and play thatstation for about five seconds.

If you do nothing, the system will thescan for the next strong station andplay it for five seconds. When it playsa station you want to listen to, pressthe SCAN button or touch the SCANicon again.

128

For Vehicles with Navigation System

CONTINUED

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Play the Radio To Select a Station

TUNE, SEEK, SCAN,AUTO

SELECT

TUNE

SEEK

SCAN

123

Page 127: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- -

Each side of the bars (16) or preset icon can store onefrequency on AM, and twofrequencies on FM.

Select the desired band, AM orFM. FM1 and FM2 let you storetwo frequencies with each side ofthe preset bar or each preset icon.

The preset frequencies will be lost ifyour vehicle’s battery goes dead, isdisconnected, or the radio fuse isremoved.

If you aretraveling far from home and can nolonger receive your preset stations,you can use the Auto Select featureto find stations in the local area.

Press the A. SEL button or touch theAUTO SELECT icon. ‘‘A. SEL’’flashes in the display (the upperdisplay on vehicles with navigationsystem), and the system goes intoscan mode for several seconds. Itstores the frequencies of six AM,and twelve FM stations in the presetbars or icons.

You will see a ‘‘0’’ displayed afterpressing a preset bar or icon if AutoSelect cannot find a strong stationfor every preset bar or icon.

If you do not like the stations AutoSelect has stored, you can storeother frequencies on the preset barsor icons. Use the TUNE, SEEK, orSCAN function to find stations, thenstore them in the preset bars oricons as described previously.

press theA.SEL button or touch the AUTOSELECT icon. This restores thepresets you originally set.

First push the AUDIO DISPLAYbutton to view the preset icons.

Press the SOUND button repeatedlyto display the Bass (BAS), Treble(TRE), Balance (BAL), and Fader(FAD) setting. On vehicles withnavigation system, touch theSOUND icon or press the TUNEknob.

Use the TUNE, SEEK, or SCANfunction to tune the radio to adesired station.

Pick a preset number (1 6), andhold it until you hear a beep.

Repeat steps 1 to 3 to store a totalof six stations on AM and twelvestations on FM.

Press the left or right side of thebar or icon and hold it until youhear a beep.

1.

2.

3.

4.

To turn off Auto Select,For Vehicles with Navigation System

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features

Preset

AUTO SELECT

Adjusting the Sound

124

Page 128: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- The system will automatically returnthe display to the selected audiomode about five seconds after youstop adjusting a mode. On vehicleswith navigation system, touch theRETURN icon to go back to theaudio screen.

If you want to adjust the sound whilethe radio/CD is playing, push theAUDIO DISPLAY button, then touchthe SOUND icon in the display.

These twomodes adjusts the strength of thesound coming from each speaker.BAL adjusts the side-to-side strength,while FAD adjusts the front-to-backstrength.

Use the TRE/BASmodes to adjust the tone to yourliking.

Each mode is shown in the display asit changes. Turn the VOLUME knobto adjust the setting to your liking.When the level reaches the center,you will see ‘‘ ’’ in the display.

Touch the arrows next to the BAS orTRE icons. The adjustment showsyou the current setting. Touch theleft or right bars on the sound grid.Balance is equalized when thevertical lines are centered on thegrid. Touch the front or rear bars onthe sound grid. The fader isequalized when the horizontal linesare centered on the grid.

On vehicles with navigation system

On vehicles without navigation system

On vehicles with navigation system

Playing the Radio

Comfort and Convenience Features

Balance/Fader

Treble/Bass

125

FADER ADJUST ICONS SOUND GRID

RETURN ICON

TREBLE ASJUST ICONS

With Navigation System

BALANCEADJUST ICONS

BASS ADJUST ICONS

Page 129: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your Honda’s radio can receive thecomplete AM and FM bands.Those bands cover these frequen-cies:

AM band:530 to 1,710 kilohertzFM band:87.7 to 107.9 megahertz

Radio stations on the AM band areassigned frequencies at least tenkilohertz apart (530, 540, 550).Stations on the FM band areassigned frequencies at least 0.2megahertz apart (87.9, 88.1, 88.3).

Stations must use these exactfrequencies. It is fairly common forstations to round-off the frequency intheir advertising, so your radio coulddisplay a frequency of 100.9 eventhough the announcer may identifythe station as ‘‘FM101.’’

How well your Honda’s radioreceives stations is dependent onmany factors, such as the distancefrom the station’s transmitter,nearby large objects, and atmos-pheric conditions.

A radio station’s signal gets weakeras you get farther away from itstransmitter. If you are listening to anAM station, you will notice the soundvolume becoming weaker, and thestation drifting in and out. If you arelistening to an FM station, you willsee the stereo indicator flickering offand on as the signal weakens.Eventually, the stereo indicator willgo off and the sound will fadecompletely as you get out of range ofthe station’s signal.

Driving very near the transmitter ofa station that is broadcasting on afrequency close to the frequency ofthe station you are listening to canalso affect your radio’s reception.You may temporarily hear bothstations, or hear only the station youare close to.

Radio Reception

Comfort and Convenience Features

Radio Frequencies Radio Reception

126

Page 130: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Radio signals, especially on the FMband, are deflected by large objectssuch as buildings and hills. Yourradio then receives both the directsignal from the station’s transmitter,and the deflected signal. This causesthe sound to distort or flutter. This isa main cause of poor radio receptionin city driving.

Radio reception can be affected byatmospheric conditions such asthunderstorms, high humidity, andeven sunspots. You may be able toreceive a distant radio station oneday and not receive it the next daybecause of a change in conditions.

Electrical interference from passingvehicles and stationary sources cancause temporary reception problems.

As required by the FCC:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

Radio Reception

Comfort and Convenience Features 127

Page 131: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing the XM Satellite Radio

128

PWR/VOL KNOB

TUNE BAR

PWR/VOL KNOB

SCAN BUTTON

Without Navigation System With Navigation System

CD/SATBUTTON

DISPBUTTON

PRESET BARS

CATEGORY/CHANNEL MODE INDICATOR

MODE ICON

SCAN ICON

CD/SATBUTTON

PRESET ICONS

AUDIO DISPLAYBUTTON

SEEK/SKIPBAR

SCANBUTTON

CATEGORY/CHANNELMODE INDICATOR

SEEK/SKIPBAR

TUNE KNOB

U.S. EX-L and EX-V6 models

CH/DISC BAR

Page 132: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

XM is a registered trademark ofXM Satellite Radio Inc.Satellite radio is available in U.S.models only.

The ignition must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Turn the system on:

Push any of the following: PWR/VOL knob, the CD/SAT, or AUDIObutton.

Push any of the following: PWR/VOL knob or the CD/SAT button.

Turn the PWR/VOL knob to adjustthe volume.

When in the satellite radio mode,you can use any of three methods tofind channels: TUNE, SEEK/SKIP(CATEGORY), and SCAN.

Turn the TUNE knob to changechannels. Turn the knob right forhigher numbered channels and leftfor lower numbered channels.

Press the TUNE bar to changechannel selections. Press forhigher numbered channels and

for lower numbered channels.

Your vehicle is capable of receivingXM Satellite Radio anywhere in theUnited States except Hawaii, Alaska,and Canada. Vehicles with Navigation System

Vehicles without Navigation System

Vehicles with Navigation System

Vehicles without Navigation System

Comfort and Convenience Features

Satellite Digital Radio To Select a Channel

TUNE

To Play XM Satellite Radio

Playing the XM Satellite Radio

U.S. EX-L and EX-V6 models

129

Page 133: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

TheSEEK/SKIP function selects thevarious categories in XM, such asJazz/Blues, Rock, Classical, etc.Push the to change thecategory forward. Push the tochange the category backward. Tosearch for channels within acategory, turn the TUNE knobclockwise or press the TUNE bar

.

Press and release thisbutton to change the display. Thedisplay will change in the followingsequence: channel name, channelnumber, category, artist name, andmusic title.

The SCAN functionsamples all channels for 5 seconds.To activate the function, push theSCAN button. Push it again to getout of the sequence.

Each preset icon or eachside of the preset bar can store onechannel in XM1 and one in XM2.

Push the SAT button, you will seeXM1 or XM2.

Use the TUNE, SEEK or SCANfunction to tune the radio to adesired channel.

Pick a preset icon or number andhold it until you hear a beep.

Repeat step 1 to 3 to store a totalof six stations on XM1 and six onXM2.

Once your XM channels are preset,pressing either side of the CH/DISCbar will select your preset channels.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Vehicles with Navigation System

On vehicles with navigation system

Comfort and Convenience Features

SEEK/SKIP (CATEGORY)

DISP

SCAN

Preset

Playing the XM Satellite Radio

130

Page 134: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Satellite radio receives signals fromtwo satellites to produce clear, high-quality digital reception. It offersmany channels in several categories.Along with a large selection ofdifferent types of music, satelliteradio also allows you to view channeland category selections in the audiodisplay.

The XM satellites are in orbit overthe equator; therefore, objects southof the vehicle may cause satellitereception interruptions. To helpcompensate for this, ground-basedrepeaters are placed in majormetropolitan areas. Satellite signalsare more likely to be blocked by tallbuildings and mountains the farthernorth you travel from the equator.

Satellite Radio Signals

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing the XM Satellite Radio

131

Signal may beblocked bymountains orlarge obstaclesto the south.

SATELLITE

GROUNDREPEATER

Page 135: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Depending on where you drive, youmay experience reception problems.Interference can be caused by any ofthese conditions:

Driving on the south side of aneast/west mountain road with amountain on the south side of theroad.Driving on the north side of alarge commercial truck on aneast/west roadDriving in the tunnels

If your XM Radio service has expiredor you purchased your vehicle froma previous owner, you can listen to asampling of the broadcasts availableon XM Satellite Radio. With theignition switch in the ACCESSORY(I) or ON (II) position, push thePWR/VOL knob to turn on the audiosystem and press the CD/SATbutton. A variety of music types andstyles will play.

There may be other geographicsituations that could affect satelliteradio reception.

Driving on a single lane roadalongside dense trees taller than50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you

Driving on the lower level of amulti-tiered road

Driving on a road beside a verticalwall, steep cliff or hill to the southof you

As required by the FCC:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

Comfort and Convenience Features

Receiving Satellite Radio Service

Playing the XM Satellite Radio

132

Page 136: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you decide to purchase XMSatellite Radio service, contact XMRadio at www.xmradio.com, or at1-800-852-9696. You will need to givethem your radio I.D. number andyour credit card number.To get your XM Satellite radio IDnumber:

After you have registered with XMRadio, keep your audio system in theSAT Radio mode while you awaitactivation. This should take about 30minutes.

While awaiting activation, make sureyour vehicle remains in an open areawith good reception. Once youraudio system is activated, ‘‘category’’or ‘‘CH’’ will appear in the displayand you will be able to listen to XMRadio broadcasts. XM Radio willcontinue to send an activation signalto your vehicle for at least 12 hoursfrom activation request. If theservice has not been activated after36 hours, contact XM Radio.

Turn the TUNE knob or press theTUNE bar until ‘‘0’’ appears in thedisplay. Your ID number will appearin the display.

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing the XM Satellite Radio

133

Page 137: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Playing a CD

Comfort and Convenience Features134

PWR/VOL KNOBPWR/VOL KNOB

AM/FM BUTTON

CD SLOT

CD LOAD INDICATOR

CD BUTTON PRT BUTTON

CD SLOT

LOAD BUTTON

RDMBUTTON

EJECT BUTTON

EJECT BUTTON

TRACK NUMBER

RDMBUTTON

RPT BUTTONCD BUTTON

SEEK/SKIPBAR

CD LOADINDICATOR

DISC AND TRACK NUMBERS

SEEK/SKIPBAR

LX model EX and LX-V6 models

Page 138: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing a CD

135

PWR/VOL KNOB

CD SLOT

CD BUTTON PRT BUTTON

CD SLOTLOAD BUTTON

RDMBUTTON

RDMBUTTON

CD BUTTON

SEEK/SKIPBAR

EX-L and EX-V6 models(Canadian Vehicles only)

SEEK/SKIPBAR

DISCNUMBER

CD LOAD INDICATOR

LOAD BUTTON

EJECTBUTTON

CD LOAD INDICATOR

RPT BUTTON

EJECTBUTTON

EX-L and EX-V6 modelswithout Navigation System(U.S. Vehicles only)

DISC AND TRACK NUMBERS

TRACK NUMBER

PWR/VOL KNOB

Page 139: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Playing a CD

Comfort and Convenience Features136

PWR/VOL KNOB

UPPER DISPLAY

DISC AND TRACK NUMBERS

CH/DISC BAR

CD SLOT

EJECT BUTTON

RANDOM ICONLOAD BUTTON

CD/SAT BUTTON

SCAN BUTTON

DISCRPTICON

TRACKRPTICON

DISCSCANICON TRACK

SCAN ICON

SEEK/SKIP BAR

CDLOAD INDICATOR

AUDIO DISPLAY BUTTON

EX-L and EX-V6 modelswith Navigation System (U.S. Vehicles only)

Page 140: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To load or play CD’s, the ignitionswitch must be in the ACCESSORY(I) or ON(II) position.You operate the CD player/CDchanger with the same controls usedfor the radio. To select the CDplayer/CD changer, press the CDbutton. The number of the trackplaying is shown in the display. Withthe in-dash CD changer, the disc andtrack numbers are displayed. Thesystem will continuously play a CDuntil you change modes.

Insert a CD into the CD slot. Thedrive will pull the CD in the rest ofthe way to play it. When the systemreaches the end of the disc, it willreturn to the beginning and play thedisc again.

To play the radio when a CD isplaying, press the AM/FM button.Press the CD button again to switchback to the CD player.

To play the tape when a CD isplaying, insert a tape in the player(optional). If a tape is in the player,press the AUX button. Press the CDbutton again to switch back to theCD player. The cassette player isoptional on all U.S. models.

To listen to satellite radio when a CDis playing, press the CD/SAT button.

If you turn the system off while a CDis playing, either with the PWR/VOLknob or by turning off the ignition,the disc will stay in the drive. Whenyou turn the system back on, the CDwill begin playing where it left off.

Press the LOAD button until youhear a beep and see ‘‘LOAd’’ in thedisplay (in the upper display onvehicles with navigation system).

The disc number/icon for anempty position is highlighted andthe red light starts blinking.

Insert the disc into the CD slotwhen the green CD load indicatorcomes on. Insert it only abouthalfway; the drive will pull it in therest of the way. You will see‘‘BUSY’’ in the display as the CDload indicator turns red and blinksas the CD is loaded.

You cannot load and play 3-inch (8-cm) discs in this system.

You can also play 3-inch (8-cm) discswithout using an adapter ring.

1.

2.

3.

For vehicles with Satellite Radio

For vehicles with in-dash CD changer

LX model

CONTINUED

Playing a CD

Comfort and Convenience Features

To Play a CD

137

Page 141: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

--

▲▼

When the CD load indicator turnsgreen and ‘‘LOAd’’ appears in thescreen again, insert the next CD inthe slot.

Repeat this until all six positionsare loaded. If you are not loadingall six positions, the system beginsplaying the last CD loaded.

To select a different disc, press theappropriate side of a preset bar (16) or use the Preset 5 (DISC ) toselect the previous disc or Preset 6(DISC ) to select the next disc insequence. On vehicles withnavigation system, touch theappropriate disc icon or press theor side of the CH/DISC bar. Ifyou select an empty position in theCD changer, the system will try toload the CD in the next available slot.

Each time youpress and release side, theplayer skips forward to thebeginning of the next track. Pressand release side, to skipbackward to the beginning of thecurrent track. Press it again to skipto the beginning of the previoustrack.

To move rapidly within a track, pressand hold the or side.

The SCAN functionsamples all the tracks on theselected disc in the order they arerecorded on the CD. To activate it,press and release the SCAN button.You will see SCAN in the display.You will get a 10 second sampling ofeach track on the selected CD. Pressthe SCAN button again to get out ofthe system.

This function sampleseach first track of all the discs in thein-dash CD changer in the order theyare stored. To activate it, select theD-SCAN mode by pressing andholding the SCAN button. You willsee D-SCAN in the display. You willget a 10 second sampling of the firsttrack on each CD. Press the SCANbutton again to get out of the system.

You can also load a CD into an emptyposition while a CD is playing bypressing the appropriate side of apreset bar or touching a disc icon.The system stops playing the currentCD and starts the loading sequence.It plays the CD just loaded.

You operate the CD changer withthe same controls used for the radio.The numbers of the disc and trackplaying are shown in the display. Onvehicles with navigation system,these numbers also appear in theupper display.

4.

5.

On vehicles with in-dash CD changer

Except for LX model

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing a CD

For Vehicles without NavigationSystemSEEK/SKIP

SCAN

D-SCAN

138

Page 142: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- -

CONTINUED

To continuously replaya track, press and release the RPTbutton. You will see RPT in thedisplay. Press the RPT button againto turn it off.

When you touchthis icon on the audio display orpress the SCAN button, you will geta 10 second sampling of each trackon the current CD. You will seeTRACK SCAN highlighted on theaudio screen and SCAN in the upperdisplay. Press the icon or buttonagain to get out of the system.

When you touchthe TRACK RPT icon, the systemcontinuously plays the same track.You will see TRACK RPThighlighted on the audio screen andRPT in the upper display. Press the

icon again to get out of track repeat.

When you touch theDISC SCAN icon on the audiodisplay, the system gives you a 10second sampling of the first track oneach disc in the in-dash CD changer.You will see DISC SCAN highlightedon the audio screen and D-SCAN inthe upper display. Touch the iconagain to get out of the system.

When you touch theDISC RPT icon on the audio display,the system continuously replays thecurrent CD. You will see DISC RPThighlighted on the audio screen andD-RPT in the upper display. Touchthe icon to turn the feature off.

When you touch theRANDOM icon on the audio display,the system plays the tracks on thecurrent CD in random order. Youwill see RANDOM highlighted onthe audio screen and RDM in theupper display. To turn this featureoff, touch RANDOM again or selecta different disc icon.

To continuouslyreplay the current disc, press andhold the RPT button. You will seeD-RPT in the display. Press the RPTbutton again to turn it off.

Press and release theRDM button to play the tracks inrandom order. You will see RDM inthe display. Press the RDM buttonagain to return to normal play.

To use the controls, press theAUDIO DISPLAY button, the controlicons will appear on the screen.

Except for LX model

Playing a CD

Comfort and Convenience Features

REPEAT TRACK SCAN

TRACK RPT

DISC SCAN

DISC RPT

RANDOM

D-REPEAT

RANDOM

For Vehicles with Navigation System

139

Page 143: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- ▲ ▼

Each time youpress and release , the playerskips forward to the beginning of thenext track. Press and release ,to skip backward to the beginning ofthe current track. Press it twice toskip to the beginning of the previoustrack.

To move rapidly within a track, pressand hold the or .

Press or to selectan icon and play the disc.

Press the eject button ( ) toremove the CD. If you eject the CD,but do not remove it from the slot,the system will automatically reloadthe CD after 15 seconds and put it inpause mode. To begin playing, pressthe CD button.

Press the AM/FM button to switchto the radio while a CD is playing. Toplay the CD, press the CD button.

Press the AM/FM or CD/SATbutton to switch to the radio orsatellite radio while a CD is playing.To play the CD, press the CD buttonagain.

If tape is in the optional tape player,press the AUX button to switch tothe tape while a CD is playing. Pressthe CD button again to switch backto the CD player.

If you turn the system off while a CDis playing, either with the PWR/VOLknob or by turning off the ignition,the disc will stay in the drive. Whenyou turn the system back on, the CDwill begin playing where it left off.

To remove the disc currently in play,press the EJECT ( ) button.When a disc is removed from a slot,the system automatically begins theload sequence so you can loadanother CD in that position. If you donot remove the disc from thechanger within 15 seconds, thesystem returns to the previous mode(AM/FM or satellite radio). The discwill reload into the system and willremain there in a pause mode.

To remove a different disc from thechanger, first select it with theappropriate preset bar, or theappropriate icon or the CH/DISC bar.When that CD begins playing, pressthe eject button. Continue pressingthe EJECT button to remove all thediscs from the changer.

On LX model

Except for EX-L and EX-V6 models inthe U.S.

On EX-L and EX-V6 models in the U.S.

Except for LX model

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing a CD

SEEK/SKIP

CH/DISC

To Stop Playing a CD

Removing CD’s From the In-dashCD Changer

140

Page 144: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- +

- +

You can also eject discs when theignition switch is off. The disc thatwas last selected is ejected first. An optional six or eight disc CD

changer is available for your vehiclefrom your Honda dealer.This disc changer uses the samecontrols used for the in-dash CDplayer/changer or the radio.

Load the desired CDs in themagazine, and load the magazine inthe changer according to theinstructions that came with the unit.

To select the CD changer, press theCD button. The disc and tracknumbers will be displayed. To selecta different disc, use the Preset 5(DISC ) side or Preset 6 (DISC )side of the preset bar. To select theprevious disc, press the Preset 5(DISC ) or Preset 6 (DISC ) toselect the next disc in sequence.

If you select an empty slot in themagazine, the changer will searchfor the next available CD to load andplay.

On LX model, if there are no CDs inthe changer, the display will flash,and you will have to select anothermode.

Playing a CD

Comfort and Convenience Features

Operating the Optional CDChanger

141

Page 145: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

When using CD-R discs, use onlyhigh quality CDs labeled for audiouse.

When recording a CD-R, therecording must be closed for it tobe used in CD players.

CD-RW discs will not work in thisunit.

Play only standard round CDs.Odd-shaped CDs may jam in thedrive or cause other problems.

Handle your CDs properly toprevent damage and skipping.

Never try to insert foreign objects inthe CD player or the magazine.

A new CD may be rough on theinner and outer edges. The smallplastic pieces causing this roughnesscan flake off and fall on the re-cording surface of the CD, causingskipping or other problems. Removethese pieces by rubbing the innerand outer edges with the side of apencil or pen.

To clean a CD, use a clean soft cloth.Wipe across the CD from the centerto the outside edge.

When a CD is not being played, storeit in its case to protect it from dustand other contamination. To preventwarpage, keep CDs out of directsunlight and extreme heat.

Handle a CD by its edges; nevertouch either surface. Do not placestabilizer rings or labels on the CD.These, along with contaminationfrom fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tippens, can cause the CD to not playproperly, or possibly jam in the drive.

Protecting Your CDs

Comfort and Convenience Features

General Information Protecting CDs

142

Page 146: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you see an error message in thedisplay while playing a CD, find thecause in the chart to the right. If youcannot clear the error message, takeyour vehicle to a Honda dealer.

Error Message Cause Solution

FOCUS Error

Mechanical Error

High Temperature

Press the eject button and pull out the CD.Check if it is inserted correctly in the CD player.Make sure the CD is not scratched or damaged.Press the eject button and pull out the CD.Check the CD for damage or deformation.If the CD cannot be pulled out or the errormessage does not disappear after the CD isejected, see a Honda dealer.Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.

CD Player Error Messages

Comfort and Convenience Features

On LX model

143

Page 147: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you see an error message in thedisplay while operating the CDchanger, find the cause in thefollowing charts. If you cannot clearthe error message, take your vehicleto a Honda dealer.

Error Message Cause Solution

FOCUS Error

Mechanical Error

No CD in the CDChangerHigh Temperature

Press the CD eject button and pull out the CDs.Check for an error message, and insert the CDsagain. If the message does not disappear or theCDs cannot be pulled out, see a Honda dealer.Press the CD eject button and pull out the CDs.Check for an error message, and insert the CDsagain. If the message does not disappear or theCDs cannot be pulled out, see a Honda dealer.Insert CDs.

Will Disappear when the temperature returnsto normal.

Without Navigation SystemWith Navigation System

::

CD Changer Error Messages

Comfort and Convenience Features

Except for LX model

144

Page 148: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Error Message Cause Solution

FOCUS Error

No CD in the CDMagazine

Mechanical Error

High Temperature

No CD magazine in theCD Changer

Press the magazine eject button and pull it out,and check for an error message, and insert themagazine again. If the message does notdisappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,see a Honda dealer.Insert CD.

Press the magazine eject button and pull it out,and check for an error message, and insert themagazine again. If the message does notdisappear or the magazine cannot be pulled out,see a Honda dealer.Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.Insert CD magazine.

CD Changer Error Messages

Comfort and Convenience Features

Optional CD Changer for LX model

145

Page 149: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Playing a Tape (Optional)

Comfort and Convenience Features146

AM/FM BUTTON AM/FMBUTTON

RPT INDICATOR

RPT BUTTON

PRESET BARS

RPTBUTTON

RPTINDICATOR

CD/AUXBUTTON

TAPE DIRECTION INDICATOR

SEEK/SKIP BAR

PWR/VOL KNOB

NOISEREDUCTIONINDICATOR

TAPE DIRECTIONINDICATOR

CD/AUXBUTTON

NOISE REDUCTION INDICATOR

SEEK/SKIP BAR

PRESET BARS

PWR/VOL KNOB

EX and LX-V6 modelsLX model

Page 150: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Playing a Tape (Optional)

Comfort and Convenience Features 147

AM/FMBUTTON

PRESET BARS

RPTBUTTON

CD/AUXBUTTON

SEEK/SKIP BAR

PWR/VOL KNOB

CD/AUXBUTTON

SEEK/SKIP BAR

PRESET BARS

PWR/VOL KNOB

EX-L and EX-V6 modelswithout Navigation System(U.S. Vehicles only)

NOISE REDUCTION INDICATOR

RPTINDICATOR

AM/FMBUTTON

RPTBUTTON

TAPE DIRECTIONINDICATOR TAPE DIRECTION

INDICATOR

RPT INDICATOR

EX-L and EX-V6 modelswithout Navigation System and Satellite Radio System

Page 151: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing a Tape (Optional)

148

PWR/VOL KNOB

AUDIO DISPLAY BUTTON

TUNE/SOUND KNOB

UPPER DISPLAY

CD/DISC BAR

RPT ICON

FF ICON

REW ICON

SEEK/SKIP BAR

RPT INDICATOR TAPE DIRECTION INDICATOR

PLAY/PROG ICON

CD/SAT BUTTON

EX-L and EX-V6 modelswith Navigation System (U.S. Vehicles only)

NOISE REDUCTION (NR) ICON

Page 152: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

On vehicles with navigation system,first push the AUDIO DISPLAYbutton before selecting any of theaudio icons on the audio screen.

Dolby noise reduction turns onwhen you insert a tape. The

indicator will light in thedisplay. If the tape was not recordedin Dolby, turn it off by pressing thePreset 4 (NR) side of the preset baror touching the NR icon. Dolbyremains off until you press thepreset bar or the icon again.

To remove the tape, press theEJECT button on the cassette player.If you want to turn the player off,press the PWR/VOL knob or turnoff the ignition. The tape will remainin the drive. When you turn thesystem back on, the tape will be inpause mode. Press the Preset 3(PLAY/PROG) side of the presetbar or touch the PLAY/PROG iconon vehicles navigation system.

To switch to the radio or CD playerwhile a tape is playing, press theAM/FM or CD/AUX button (CD/SAT button on vehicles withnavigation system). To change backto the tape player, push the CD/AUXor CD/SAT button.

The ignition switch must be inACCESSORY (I) or ON (II). Makesure the open side of the tape isfacing right, then insert the tapemost of the way into the slot. Thesystem will pull the tape in the restof the way, and begin to play it.

The tape direction indicator will lightto show you which side of the tape isplaying. The indicates the sideyou inserted upward is now playing.If you want to play the other side,press the Preset 3 (PLAY/PROG)side of the preset bar or touch thePLAY/PROG icon on vehicles withnavigation system. When the playerreaches the end of the tape, it willautomatically reverse direction andplay the other side.

Dolby noise reduction manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpo-ration. ‘‘DOLBY’’ and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

Optional on all U.S. modelsTo Play a Tape To Stop Playing a Tape

Comfort and Convenience Features

Playing a Tape (Optional)

149

Page 153: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-▲

On vehicles without navigation system

On vehicles with navigation system

To rewind the tape,push the Preset 1 (REW) side of thepreset bar. You will see REW in thedisplay. To fast forward the tape,push the Preset 2 (FF) side of thepreset bar. You will see FF displayed.Press the Preset 1, 2, or 3 side of thebars to take the system out of rewindor fast forward.

To fast forward thetape, push the upper side ( ) of theCH/DISC bar. You will see FF in theupper display. To rewind the tape,push the lower side ( ) of the CH/DISC bar. You will see REWdisplayed. Press either side of theCH/DISK bar or touch the FF, REWor PLAY/PROG icon to take thesystem out of rewind or fast forward.

Press side to find thebeginning of the current song orpassage. Press side to find thebeginning of the next song orpassage. When the system reachesthe beginning of a song or passage, itbegins to play it.

The SKIP and REPEATfunctions use silent periods on thetape to find the end of a song orpassage. These features may notwork if there is almost no gapbetween selections, a high noiselevel, or a silent period in the middleof a selection.

Press the RPT buttonor touch the RPT icon tocontinuously play a song or passage.You will see RPT displayed (in theupper display on vehicles withnavigation system). The track willrepeat until you press the RPTbutton or touch the RPT icon again.

Playing a Tape (Optional)

Comfort and Convenience Features

Tape Search Functions

FF/REW

FF/REW

SKIP

REPEAT

150

NOTE:

Page 154: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The tape player picks up dirt andoxides from the tape. Thiscontamination builds up over timeand cause the sound quality todegrade. To prevent this, you shouldclean the player after every 30 hoursof use.

If you do not clean the tape playerregularly, it may eventually becomeimpossible to remove thecontamination with a normalcleaning kit. Your Honda dealer hasa cleaning kit available.

Use 100-minute or shorter tapes.Tapes longer than that may break orjam the drive.

Store tapes in their cases to protectthem from dust and moisture. Neverplace tapes where they will beexposed to direct sunlight, high heat,or high humidity. If a tape is exposedto extreme heat or cold, let it reach amoderate temperature beforeinserting it into the player.

If the tape is loose, tighten it byturning the hub with a pencil or yourfinger. If the label is peeling off,remove it or it could cause the tapeto jam in the player. Never try toinsert a warped or damaged tape inthe player.

Never try to insert foreign objectinto the tape player.

If you see the error message‘‘ ’’ on the display (on theupper display on vehicles withnavigation system), press the TAPEeject button to remove the tape fromthe unit. Make sure the tape is notdamaged. If the tape will not eject orthe error message stays on after thetape ejects, take the vehicle to yourHonda dealer.

Playing a Tape (Optional)

Comfort and Convenience Features

Caring for the Tape Player

151

Page 155: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

▲ ▼

+-

-Three controls for the audio systemare mounted in the steering wheelhub. These let you control basicfunctions without removing yourhand from the wheel.

The VOL button adjusts the volumeup ( ) or down ( ). Press the topor bottom of the button and hold ituntil the desired volume is reached,then release it.

The MODE button changes themode. Pressing the buttonrepeatedly selects FM1, FM2, AM,CD (if a CD is loaded), or a tape (ifequipped). On vehicles with satelliteradio system, you can also select XM1 and XM2.

If you are listening to the radio, usethe CH button to change stations.Each time you press the top ( ) ofthe button, the system goes to thenext preset station on the band youare listening to. Press the bottom( ) to go back to the previousstation.

If you are playing a CD, the systemskips to the beginning of the nexttrack each time you press the top( ) of the CH button. Press thebottom ( ) to return to thebeginning of the current track. Pressit twice to return to the previoustrack. You will see the disc and tracknumber in the display.

If you are playing a tape in theoptional cassette player, press thetop ( ) of the CH button to advanceto the next selection. Press thebottom ( ) to go back to theprevious selection. The systemsenses a silent period, then resumesplaying.

On all EX and V6 models

Steering Wheel Controls

Comfort and Convenience Features152

CH BUTTONVOL BUTTON

MODE BUTTON

Page 156: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-Your vehicle’s audio system willdisable itself if it is disconnectedfrom electrical power for any reason.To make it work again, you mustenter a specific code using the presetbars or the TUNE knob. Becausethere are hundreds of numbercombinations possible, making thesystem work without knowing theexact code is nearly impossible.

You should have received a card thatlists your audio system’s code andserial numbers. It is best to store thiscard in a safe place at home. Inaddition, you should write the audiosystem’s serial number in thisOwner’s Manual.

If your vehicle’s battery is discon-nected or goes dead, or the radiofuse is removed, the audio systemwill disable itself. If this happens,you will see ‘‘ ’’/‘‘ ’’ inthe frequency display the next timeyou turn on the system. Use thepreset bars to enter the code. Thecode is located on the radio codecard included in your Owner’sManual kit. When it is enteredcorrectly, the radio will start playing.

If you should happen to lose the card,you must obtain the code numberfrom a Honda dealer. To do this, youwill need the system’s serial number.

If you make a mistake entering thecode, do not start over; complete thesequence, then enter the correctcode. You have ten tries to enter thecorrect code. If you are unsuccessfulin ten attempts, you must then leavethe system on for one hour beforetrying again.

You will have to store your favoritestations on each side of the presetbars (1 6) or icons after the systembegins working. Your originalsettings were lost when the powerwas disconnected.

On EX, EX-V6 and LX-V6 models

Radio Theft Protection

Comfort and Convenience Features 153

Page 157: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, you willneed to set the clock.

To set the time, press the Clock Setbutton (SOUND) until you hear abeep. The displayed time begins toblink.

Press and hold the H (Preset 4) sideof the bar until the hour advances tothe desired time. Press and hold theM (Preset 5) side of the bar until theminutes advance to the desired time.

Press the Clock Set button(SOUND) again to enter the set time.

The upper display shows the timewhen the ignition switch is in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.The Navigation System receivessignals from the Global PositioningSystem (GPS), and the displayedtime is updated automatically by theGPS. Refer to the Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual to set up the time.

You can quickly set the time to thenearest hour. If the displayed time isbefore the half hour, pressing theClock Set (SOUND) button until youhear a beep, then pressing the R(Preset 6) side of the bar sets the

clock back to the previous hour. Ifthe displayed time is after the halfhour, the clock sets forward to thebeginning of the next hour.

For example:1:06 will reset to 1:001:53 will reset to 2:00

Setting the Clock

Comfort and Convenience Features

On Vehicles without NavigationSystem

On Vehicles with Navigation System

154

CLOCK SET BUTTON

DIGITAL CLOCK

PRESET BARS

EX-L and EX-V6without navigation system

Page 158: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The security system helps to protectyour vehicle and valuables from theft.The horn sounds and a combinationof headlights, parking lights, sidemarker lights and taillights flashes ifsomeone attempts to break into yourvehicle or remove the radio. Thisalarm continues for two minutes,then the system resets. To reset analarming system before the twominutes have elapsed, unlock thedriver’s door with the key or theremote transmitter.

The security system automaticallysets 15 seconds after you lock thedoors, hood, and trunk. For thesystem to activate, you must lock thedoors from the outside with the key,lock tab, door lock switch, or remotetransmitter. The security systemindicator on the instrument panelstarts blinking immediately to showyou the system is setting itself.

Once the security system is set,opening either door without usingthe key or the remote transmitter,the hood, or the trunk will cause it tosound. It also sounds if the radio isremoved from the dashboard or thewiring is cut.

With the system set, you can stillopen the trunk with the remotetransmitter without triggering thealarm. The alarm will sound if thetrunk lock is forced, or the trunk isopened with the trunk release handleor the emergency trunk opener.

The security system will not set ifthe hood, trunk, or either door is notfully closed. If the system will not set,check the Door and Trunk OpenMonitor on the instrument panel(see page ), to see if the doorsand the trunk are fully closed. Sinceit is not part of the monitor display,manually check the hood.

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it.

61

On all models except for 4-cylinder LXmodel and all Canadian models

Comfort and Convenience Features

Security System

155

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

Page 159: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Cruise control allows you to maintaina set speed above 25 mph (40 km/h)without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal. It should be usedfor cruising on straight, openhighways. It is not recommended forcity driving, winding roads, slipperyroads, heavy rain, or bad weather.

Push in the Cruise Control MasterButton on the steering wheel. TheCRUISE MAIN indicator on theinstrument panel will come on.

Accelerate to the desired cruisingspeed above 25 mph (40 km/h).

Press and release the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel.The CRUISE CONTROL indicatoron the instrument panel comes onto show the system is nowactivated.

The cruise control may not hold theset speed when you are going up anddown hills. If your speed increasesgoing down a hill, use the brakes toslow down. This will cancel thecruise control. To resume the setspeed, press the RESUME/ACCELbutton. The CRUISE CONTROLindicator on the instrument panel willcome back on.

When climbing a steep hill, theautomatic transmission maydownshift to hold the set speed.

1.

2.

3.

Cruise Control

Comfort and Convenience Features

Using the Cruise Control

156

CRUISE CONTROL MASTER BUTTON

CANCELBUTTON

RES/ACCELBUTTON

DECEL/SETBUTTON

Improper use of the cruisecontrol can lead to a crash.

Use the cruise control onlywhen traveling on openhighways in good weather.

Page 160: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

You can increase the set cruisingspeed in any of these ways:

Press and hold the RES/ACCELbutton. When you reach thedesired cruising speed, release thebutton.

Push on the accelerator pedal untilyou reach the desired cruisingspeed, then press the DECEL/SET button.

To increase your speed in verysmall amounts, tap the RES/ACCEL button. Each time you dothis, the vehicle will speed upabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

You can decrease the set cruisingspeed in any of these ways:

Press and hold the DECEL/SETbutton. Release the button whenyou reach the desired speed.

To slow down in very smallamounts, tap the DECEL/SETbutton repeatedly. Each time youdo this, your vehicle will slowdown about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

Tap the brake or clutch pedallightly with your foot. TheCRUISE CONTROL indicator onthe instrument panel will go out.When the vehicle slows to thedesired speed, press the DECEL/SET button.

Even with the cruise control turnedon, you can still use the acceleratorpedal to speed up for passing. Aftercompleting the pass, take your footoff the accelerator pedal. The vehiclewill return to the set cruising speed.

Resting your foot on the brake orclutch pedal will cause the cruisecontrol to cancel.

Cruise Control

Comfort and Convenience Features

Changing the Set Speed

157

Page 161: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

You can cancel the cruise control inany of these ways:

Tap the brake or clutch pedal.

Push the CANCEL button on thesteering wheel.

Press the Cruise Control Masterbutton on the steering wheel.

When you push the CANCEL button,or tap the brake or clutch pedal, thesystem will remember the previouslyset cruising speed. To return to thatspeed, accelerate to above 25 mph(40 km/h), then press and releasethe RES/ACCEL button. TheCRUISE CONTROL indicator comeson, and the vehicle will accelerate tothe same cruising speed as before.

Pressing the Cruise Control Masterbutton turns the system completelyoff and erases the previous cruisingspeed.

Cruise Control

Comfort and Convenience Features

Cancelling the Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed

158

CANCEL BUTTON

CRUISE CONTROL MASTER BUTTON

Page 162: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The HomeLink UniversalTransceiver built into your vehiclecan be programmed to operate up tothree remote controlled devicesaround your home, such as garagedoors, lighting, or home securitysystems.

If you are training HomeLink tooperate a garage door or gate, youshould unplug the motor for thatdevice during training. Repeatedlypressing the remote control buttoncould burn out the motor.

The HomeLink transceiver storesthe code in a permanent memory.There should be no need to retrainthe transmitter if your vehicle’sbattery goes dead or is disconnected.If your garage door opener wasmanufactured before April 1982, youmay not be able to programHomeLink to operate it.

They do not have the safety featurethat causes the motor to stop andreverse if an obstacle is detectedduring closing, increasing the risk ofinjury.

For quick and accurate training,make sure the remote controltransmitter for the device (garagedoor, automatic gate, securitysystem, etc.) has a fresh battery.

If you justreceived your vehicle and have nottrained any of the buttons inHomeLink before, you should eraseany previously learned codes beforetraining the first button.

To do this, press and hold the twooutside buttons on the HomeLinktransceiver for about 20 seconds, oruntil the red light flashes. Releasethe buttons, then proceed to Step 1.

If you are training the second orthird buttons, go directly to Step 1.

HomeLink is a registeredtrademark of Johnson Controls .

Always refer to the operatinginstructions and safety informationthat came with your garage dooropener or other equipment youintend to operate with the HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver. If you do nothave this information, you shouldcontact the manufacturer of theequipment.

CONTINUED

On EX-V6 model

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Comfort and Convenience Features

General Information

Training HomeLink

Important Safety Precautions

Before you begin

159

TM

Page 163: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Press and hold the remote controlbutton and one of the HomeLinkbuttons at the same time.

Unplug the garage door openermotor from the house current.

The remote controlyou are training from may stop trans-mitting after two seconds. This is notenough for HomeLink to learn thecode. Release and press the buttonon the remote control every twoseconds until HomeLink has learnedthe code.

The red light in HomeLink shouldbegin flashing. It will flash slowlyat first, then rapidly.

When the red light flashes rapidly,release both buttons. HomeLinkshould have learned the code fromthe remote control.

Plug in the garage door openermotor, then test the HomeLinktransceiver button by pushing it. Ifthe button does not work, repeatthe procedure to train it again. If itstill does not work, you may have avariable or rolling code garagedoor opener. See if you do bypressing and holding theHomeLink transceiver button youjust trained. If the red light blinksfor two seconds then stays on, youhave a rolling code garage dooropener. Go to ‘‘Training with aRolling Code System’’ (see page

)

Repeat these steps to train theother two HomeLink buttons tooperate any other remotelycontrolled devices around yourhome (lighting, automatic gate,security system, etc.).

Hold the end of the garage dooropener remote control 2 to 5inches from the HomeLinktransceiver. Make sure you are notblocking your view of the red lightin HomeLink.

2.

3.

4.1.

5.

6.

7.

161

Canadian Owners:

Comfort and Convenience Features

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

160

Page 164: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

For security purposes, newer garagedoor opening systems use a ‘‘rolling’’or variable code. Information fromthe remote control and the garagedoor opener are needed beforeHomeLink can operate the garagedoor opener.

The ‘‘Training HomeLink’’procedure trains HomeLink to theproper garage door opener code.The following proceduresynchronizes HomeLink to thegarage door opener so they send andreceive the correct codes.

Make sure you have properlycompleted the ‘‘TrainingHomeLink’’ procedure.

Press the Training button on thegarage door opener unit until thelight next to the button comes on,then release it. The light may blink,or come on and stay on. You thenhave approximately 30 seconds tocomplete the following steps.

Press and hold the button onHomeLink for 3 4 seconds.

Press and hold the HomeLinkbutton again for 3 4 seconds.This should turn off the traininglight on the garage door openerunit. (Some systems may requireyou to press the button up to threetimes.)

Press the HomeLink button again.It should operate the garage door.

Find the ‘‘Training’’ button on yourgarage door opener unit. Thelocation will vary, depending onthe manufacturer.

6.

2.

4.

5.

1.

3.

Training With a Rolling CodeSystem

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Comfort and Convenience Features 161

TRAINING BUTTON

Page 165: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To erase the codes stored in all threebuttons, press and hold the twooutside buttons until the red lightbegins to flash, then release thebuttons.

You should erase all three codesbefore selling the vehicle.

To train an already programmedtransceiver button with a new device,you do not have to erase all thememory. Train the selected buttonover the existing memory codefollowing the steps under

.

If you have problems with trainingthe HomeLink Universal Transceiver,or would like information on homeproducts that can be operated by thetransmitter, call (800) 355-3515. Onthe Internet, go to www.homelink.com.

As required by the FCC:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Comfort and Convenience Features

Erasing Codes Customer Assistance

Retraining a Button

TrainingHomeLink

162

Page 166: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Before you begin driving your Honda,you should know what gasoline touse, and how to check the levels ofimportant fluids. You also need toknow how to properly store luggageor packages. The information in thissection will help you. If you plan toadd any accessories to your vehicle,please read the information in thissection first.

.............................Break-in Period . 164...............................Gasoline Type . 164

.........Service Station Procedures . 165...............................Fuel Economy . 170

...Accessories and Modifications . 171.............................Carrying Cargo . 173

Before Driving

Before Driving 163

Page 167: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Help assure your vehicle’s futurereliability and performance by payingextra attention to how you driveduring the first 600 miles (1,000 km).During this period:

Avoid full-throttle starts and rapidacceleration.

Avoid hard braking for the first200 miles (300 km).

Do not change the oil until thescheduled maintenance time.

You should also follow these re-commendations with an overhauledor exchanged engine, or when thebrakes are replaced.

If you drive with the low enginespeed (below than about 1,000 rpm),you may feel the engine knocking. Inthis case, you can use premiumunleaded gasoline with a pumpoctane number of 91 or higher toprevent the engine from knocking.

We recommend gasolines containingdetergent additives that help preventfuel system and engine deposits.

In addition, in order to maintain goodperformance, fuel economy, andemissions control, we stronglyrecommend, in areas where it isavailable, the use of gasoline thatdoes NOT contain manganese-basedfuel additives such as MMT.

We also recommend that you shouldnot tow a trailer during the first 500miles (800 km).

Your Honda is designed to operateon unleaded gasoline with a pumpoctane number of 86 or higher. Useof a lower octane gasoline can causeoccasional metallic knocking noisesin the engine and will result indecreased engine performance.

Use of gasoline with these additivesmay adversely affect performance,and cause the Malfunction IndicatorLamp on your instrument panel tocome on. If this happens, contactyour authorized Honda dealer forservice.

Some gasoline today is blended withoxygenates such as ethanol orMTBE. Your vehicle is designed tooperate on oxygenated gasolinecontaining up to 10 percent ethanolby volume and up to 15 percentMTBE by volume. Do not usegasoline containing methanol.

On EX-V6 with manual transmission

Break-in Period, Gasoline Type

Before Driving

Break-in Period Gasoline Type

164

Page 168: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Open the fuel fill door by pushingon the handle to the left of thedriver’s seat.

If you notice any undesirableoperating symptoms, try anotherservice station or switch to anotherbrand of gasoline.

For further important fuel-relatedinformation, please refer to your

.

Park with the driver’s side closestto the service station pump.

1.

2.

Before Driving

Refueling

Quick Start Guide

Gasoline Type, Service Station Procedures

165

FUEL FILL CAP

TETHER

Push

ATTACHMENT

Gasoline is highly flammableand explosive. You can beburned or seriously injuredwhen handling fuel.

Stop the engine and keepheat, sparks, and flamesaway.Handle fuel only outdoors.Wipe up spills immediately.

Page 169: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Park the vehicle, and set theparking brake. Pull the hoodrelease handle located under thelower left corner of the dashboard.The hood will pop up slightly.

Screw the fuel fill cap back onuntil it clicks at least three times.If you do not properly tighten thecap, the Malfunction IndicatorLamp may come on (see page

).

Push the fuel fill door closed untilit latches.

Remove the fuel fill cap slowly.You may hear a hissing sound aspressure inside the tank escapes.The fuel fill cap is attached to thefuel filler with a tether. Put theattachment on the fuel fill cap intothe slit on the fuel fill door.

Stop filling the tank after the fuelnozzle automatically clicks off. Donot try to ‘‘top off’’ the tank. Leavesome room for the fuel to expandwith temperature changes.

even though the tank is not full,there may be a problem with yourvehicle’s fuel vapor recoverysystem. The system helps keepfuel vapors from going into theatmosphere. Consult your dealer.

5.

6.

1.

3.

4.

269

If the fuel nozzle keeps clicking off

Service Station Procedures

Before Driving

Opening the Hood

166

HOOD RELEASE HANDLE

Page 170: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Lift the hood up most of the way.The hydraulic supports will lift itup the rest of the way and hold itup.

Lower the hood to about a foot (30cm) above the fender, then pressdown firmly with your hands. Makesure it is securely latched.

Pull the support rod out of its clipby holding the grip and insert theend into the hole on the front ofthe hood around the center.

Lift it up slightly to remove thesupport rod from the hole. Put thesupport rod back into its holdingclip. Lower the hood to about afoot (30 cm) above the fender,then let it drop. Make sure it issecurely latched.

Reach in between the hood andthe front grille with your finger.The hood latch handle is aboveand to the left of the ‘‘H’’ logo.Push this handle up until itreleases the hood. Lift the hood.

If the hood latch handle movesstiffly, or if you can open the hoodwithout lifting the handle, themechanism should be cleaned andlubricated (see page ).

3.2.

232

6-cylinder models

To Close the Hood:To Close the Hood:

4-cylinder models

Service Station Procedures

Before Driving 167

GRIP

CLIP

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models

LATCH

Page 171: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Wait a few minutes after turning theengine off before you check the oil.

Remove the dipstick (orangehandle/loop).

Wipe off the dipstick with a cleancloth or paper towel.

Insert it all the way back in its hole.

Remove the dipstick again andcheck the level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

If it is near or below the lower mark,see on page .

1.

2.

3.

4.

217

Service Station Procedures

Before Driving

Oil Check

Adding Oil

168

DIPSTICK(Orange Handle)

DIPSTICK(Orange Loop)

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models 4-cylinder models

Page 172: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Look at the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. Make sure it isbetween the MAX and MIN lines. Ifit is below the MIN line, see

on page forinformation on adding the propercoolant.

Refer toon page for information

on checking other items in yourHonda.

221

204

Service Station Procedures

Before Driving

Engine Coolant Check

AddingEngine Coolant

Owner’s MaintenanceChecks

169

UPPER MARKLOWER MARK

RESERVE TANK

4-cylinder models

MIN

MAX

MAX RESERVE TANK

6-cylinder models MIN6-cylinder models

Page 173: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Always maintain your vehicleaccording to the maintenanceschedule. See

(see page).

an underinflated tirecauses more ‘‘rolling resistance,’’which uses fuel.

The build-up of snow or mud onyour vehicle’s underside addsweight and rolling resistance.Frequent cleaning helps your fuelmileage and reduces the chance ofcorrosion.

Drive moderately. Rapidacceleration, abrupt cornering andhard braking use more fuel.

Always drive in the highest gearpossible.

Try to maintain a constant speed.Every time you slow down andspeed up, your vehicle uses extrafuel. Use the cruise control whenappropriate.

Combine several short trips intoone.

The air conditioning puts an extraload on the engine which makes ituse more fuel. Use the fresh-airventilation when possible.

204

For example,

Fuel Economy

Before Driving

Improving Fuel Economy

Owner’sMaintenance Checks

170

Page 174: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Modifying your vehicle, or installingsome non-Honda accessories, canmake your vehicle unsafe. Beforeyou make any modifications or addany accessories, be sure to read thefollowing information.

Your dealer has Honda accessoriesthat allow you to personalize yourvehicle. These accessories havebeen designed and approved for yourvehicle, and are covered by warranty.

Although aftermarket accessoriesmay fit on your vehicle, they may notmeet factory specifications, andcould adversely affect your vehicle’shandling and stability. (See‘‘Modifications’’ on page foradditional information.)

When properly installed, cellularphones, alarms, two-way radios, andlow-powered audio systems shouldnot interfere with your vehicle’scomputer controlled systems, suchas the SRS and anti-lock brakesystem.

Before installing any accessory:

Make sure the accessory does notobscure any lights, or interferewith proper vehicle operation orperformance.

Be sure electronic accessories donot overload electrical circuits(see page ) or interfere withproper operation.

Have the installer contact yourHonda dealer for assistance beforeinstalling any electronic accessory.

172

275

Before Driving

Accessories

Accessories and Modifications

171

Improper accessories ormodifications can affect yourvehicle’s handling, stability, andperformance, and cause acrash in which you can be hurtor killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regardingaccessories and modifications.

Page 175: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Removing parts from your vehicle,or replacing components with non-Honda (aftermarket) componentscould seriously affect your vehicle’shandling, stability, and reliability.

Some examples are:Lowering the vehicle with anaftermarket suspension kit thatsignificantly reduces groundclearance can allow theundercarriage to hit speed bumpsor other raised objects, whichcould cause the airbags to deploy.

Raising your vehicle with anaftermarket suspension kit canaffect the handling and stability.

Aftermarket wheels, because theyare a universal design, can causeexcessive stress on suspensioncomponents.

Larger or smaller wheels and tirescan interfere with the operation ofyour vehicle’s anti-lock brakes andother systems.

Do not modify your steering wheelor any other part of yourSupplemental Restraint System.Modifications could make thesystem ineffective. See the safetyprecautions on page .

If you plan to modify your vehicle,consult with your Honda dealer.

Improperly replacingor covering front seat-back coverscan prevent your side airbags frominflating during a side impact.

31

Before Driving

Modifying Your Vehicle Additional Safety Precaution

Accessories and Modifications

Do not cover or replace front seat-back covers without consulting aHonda dealer.

172

Page 176: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your vehicle has several convenientstorage areas:

Glove boxDoor and seat-back pocketsTrunk, including the rear seatswhen folded downCenter pocketConsole compartmentRoof-rack (if installed)

However, carrying too much cargo,or improperly storing it, can affectyour vehicle’s handling, stability,stopping distance, and tires, andmake it unsafe. Before carrying anytype of cargo, be sure to read thefollowing pages.

CONTINUED

Carrying Cargo

Before Driving 173

CONSOLE COMPARTMENT

TRUNK GLOVE BOX

CENTER POCKET

DOOR POCKET

SEAT-BACK POCKETS

Page 177: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

×

To determine the correct cargo andluggage load limit:

Locate the statement, ‘‘thecombined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed 850 lbs(395 kg)’’ on your vehicle’s placard(on the driver’s doorjamb).

Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers from850 lbs (395 kg).

The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity.

For example, if there will be four 150lbs (70 kg) occupants in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo andluggage load capacity is 250 lbs (115kg).4 150 lbs (70 kg) = 600 lbs (280kg)850 lbs (395 kg) 600 lbs (280 kg) =250 lbs (115 kg)Determine the combined weight

of the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle. (Fiveis the seating capacity of yourvehicle.)

If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, the load from your trailerwill be transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

The total weight must not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The load for the front andrear axles also must not exceed theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)(see page ).

Determine the combined weightof accessories, luggage, and cargobeing loaded in the vehicle. Theweight may not safely exceed theavailable cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in step 4 [250lbs (115 kg) in this example].

The maximum load limit for yourvehicle is 850 lbs (395 kg). Thisfigure includes total weight of alloccupants, cargo, accessories, andthe tongue weight if you are towing atrailer.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

284

Carrying Cargo

Before Driving174

Overloading or improperloading can affect handling andstability and cause a crash inwhich you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and otherloading guidelines in thismanual.

Page 178: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Store or secure all items that couldbe thrown around and hurtsomeone during a crash.

Do not put any items on top of therear shelf. They can block yourview and be thrown around thevehicle during a crash.

Be sure items placed on the floorbehind the front seats cannot rollunder the seats and interfere withthe pedals or seat operation.

Keep the glove box closed whiledriving. If it is open, a passengercould injure their knees during acrash or sudden stop.

Distribute cargo evenly on thefloor of the trunk, placing theheaviest items on the bottom andas far forward as possible.

If you fold down the back seat, tiedown items that could be thrownabout the vehicle during a crash orsudden stop.

If you carry large items thatprevent you from closing the trunklid, exhaust gas can enter thepassenger area. To avoid thepossibility of

, follow the instructionson page .

If you can carry any items on aroof rack, be sure the total weightof the rack and the items does notexceed the maximum allowableweight. Please contact your Hondadealer for further information.

51

Carrying Cargo

Before Driving

Carrying Items in the PassengerCompartment

Carrying Cargo in the Trunk or ona Roof Rack

carbon monoxidepoisoning

175

Page 179: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

There are hooks on the floor andsides of the trunk. They can be usedto install a net for securing items.

The cargo net can be used to helphold down items stored in the trunk.To use the cargo net, hook it to thebuttons on the floor and sides of thetrunk. You can use the cargo net inseveral configurations by hooking itto different buttons.

When you are not using the cargonet, store it in the spare tire well.

On all EX and EX-V6 models

Carrying Cargo

Before Driving

Trunk Hooks Cargo Net

176

Page 180: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This section gives you tips onstarting the engine under variousconditions, and how to operate the5-speed/6-speed manual andautomatic transmissions. It alsoincludes important information onparking your vehicle, the brakingsystem, the Traction Control System,and facts you need if you areplanning to tow a trailer.

........................Preparing to Drive . 178.......................Starting the Engine . 179

5-speed/6-speed Manual.............................Transmission . 180

..............Automatic Transmission . 183..................................Parking Tips . 187

.............................Braking System . 188...............Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) . 189

..Traction Control System (TCS) . 191...........................Towing a Trailer . 194

Driving

Driving 177

Page 181: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

You should do the following checksand adjustments before you driveyour vehicle.

Make sure all windows, mirrors,and outside lights are clean andunobstructed. Remove frost, snow,or ice.

Check that the hood is fully closed.

Visually check the tires. If a tirelooks low, use a gauge to check itspressure.

Check that any items you may becarrying are stored properly orfastened down securely.

Check the seat adjustment (seepage ).

Check the adjustment of theinside and outside mirrors (seepage ).

Check the steering wheeladjustment (see page ).

Make sure the doors and thetrunk are securely closed andlocked.

Fasten your seat belt. Check thatyour passengers have fastenedtheir seat belts (see page ).

When you start the engine, checkthe gauges and indicators in theinstrument panel (see page ).

3.

2.

1.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

83

95

74

14

58

Preparing to Drive

Driving178

Page 182: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Apply the parking brake.

In cold weather, turn off allelectrical accessories to reducethe drain on the battery.

Push the clutch pedal down all theway. START (III) does notfunction unless the clutch pedal ispressed.

Make sure the shift lever is inPark. Press on the brake pedal.

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition key to theSTART (III) position. Do not holdthe key in START for more than15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start right away, pausefor at least 10 seconds beforetrying again.

If the engine does not start within15 seconds, or starts but stallsright away, repeat step 4 with theaccelerator pedal pressed halfwaydown. If the engine starts, releasepressure on the accelerator pedalso the engine does not race.

If the engine fails to start, pressthe accelerator pedal all the waydown and hold it there whilestarting to clear flooding. If theengine still does not start, returnto step 5.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Manual Transmission:

Automatic Transmission:

Starting the Engine

Driving 179

NOTICE: The engine is harder to startin cold weather. Also, the thinner airf ound at altitudes above 8,000 f eet(2,400 meters) adds to this problem.

Page 183: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The manual transmission issynchronized in all forward gears forsmooth operation. It has a lockout soyou cannot shift directly from Fifthto Reverse.

On vehicles with 6-speed manualtransmission, the lockout systemprevents you from shifting directly

from Fifth to Reverse instead ofSixth (see page ).

When shifting up or down, makesure you push the clutch pedal downall the way, shift to the next gear,and let the pedal up gradually. Whenyou are not shifting, do not rest yourfoot on the clutch pedal. This cancause your clutch to wear out faster.

Come to a full stop before you shiftinto Reverse. You can damage the

transmission by trying to shift intoReverse with the vehicle moving.Push down the clutch pedal, andpause for a few seconds beforeshifting into Reverse, or shift intoone of the forward gears for amoment. This stops the gears sothey won’t ‘‘grind.’’

When slowing down, you can getextra braking from the engine byshifting to a lower gear. This extrabraking can help you maintain a safespeed and prevent your brakes fromoverheating while going down asteep hill. Before downshifting,make sure engine speed will not gointo the tachometer’s red zone in thelower gear.

182On all 4-cylinder models with 5-speedmanual transmissionOn EX-V6 model with 6-speed manualtransmission

5-speed/6-speed Manual Transmission

Driving180

5-speed M/T 6-speed M/T

Page 184: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Drive in the highest gear that letsthe engine run and acceleratesmoothly. This will give you the bestfuel economy and effective emis-sions control. The following shiftpoints are recommended:

Shift up

1st to 2nd2nd to 3rd3rd to 4th4th to 5th5th to 6th

Normal acceleration

15 mph (24 km/h)25 mph (40 km/h)40 mph (64 km/h)47 mph (75 km/h)52 mph (83 km/h)

Shift up

1st to 2nd2nd to 3rd3rd to 4th4th to 5th

Normal acceleration

15 mph (25 km/h)25 mph (40 km/h)40 mph (65 km/h)50 mph (80 km/h)

Your vehicle is equipped with analuminum shift lever. If you leave thevehicle parked outside for a longtime on a hot day, be careful beforemoving the shift lever. Because ofthe heat, the shift lever may beextremely hot. If the outsidetemperature is low, the shift leverfeels cold.

On EX-V6 model

With 5-speed manual transmission

With 6-speed manual transmission

5-speed/6-speed Manual Transmission

Driving

Recommended Shift Points

181

Rapid slowing or speeding-upcan cause loss of control onslippery surfaces. If you crash,you can be injured.

Use extra care when driving onslippery surfaces.

Page 185: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you exceed the maximum speedfor the gear you are in, the enginespeed will enter into the tachometer’sred zone. If this occurs, you may feelthe engine cut in and out. This iscaused by a limiter in the engine’scomputer controls. The engine willrun normally when you reduce theRPM below the red zone.

Before downshifting, make sure theengine will not go into thetachometer’s red zone.

If you are still unable to shift toReverse, apply the parking brakeand turn the ignition key toACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0).

If you need to use this procedure toshift to Reverse, your vehicle may bedeveloping a problem. Have yourvehicle checked by a Honda dealer.

The 6-speed manual transmissionhas an electric lockout so you cannotaccidentally shift from Fifth toReverse instead of Sixth while thevehicle is moving. If you cannot shiftto Reverse when the vehicle isstopped:

With the clutch pedal pressed,move the shift lever to the First/Second gear side of the Neutralgate, then shift to Reverse.

Depress the clutch pedal and shiftto Reverse.

With the clutch pedal still pressed,start the engine.

1.

2.

3.

4.

6-speed manual transmission onlyEngine Speed Limiter Reverse Lockout

5-speed/6-speed Manual Transmission

Driving182

Page 186: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

These indicators between the tacho-meter and speedometer show whichposition the shift lever is in.

The ‘‘D’’ indicator comes on for afew seconds when you turn theignition switch to ON (II). If itflashes while driving (in any shiftposition), it indicates a possibleproblem in the transmission.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on along with the ‘‘D’’indicator, there is a problem in theautomatic transmission controlsystem. Avoid rapid acceleration andhave the transmission checked by aHonda dealer as soon as possible.

To shift from any position, pressfirmly on the brake pedal and pressthe release button on the side of theshift lever. You cannot shift out ofPark when the ignition switch is inLOCK (0) or ACCESSORY (I).

CONTINUED

ShiftingShift Lever Position Indicators

Driving

Automatic Transmission

183

SHIFT LEVER

RELEASE BUTTON

Page 187: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- -

To shift from:P to R

R to PN to RD to 22 to 11 to 2

2 to DD to DD to ND to DN to DR to N

Do this:Press the brake pedal andpress the release button.

Press the release button.

Move the lever.

3

3

3

3

This position mechani-cally locks the transmission. UsePark whenever you are turning off orstarting the engine. To shift out ofPark, you must press on the brakepedal and have your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Press the releasebutton on the side of the shift leverto move it.

If you have done all of the above andstill cannot move the lever out ofPark, see onpage .

You must also press the releasebutton to shift into Park. To avoidtransmission damage, come to acomplete stop before shifting intoPark. The shift lever must be in Parkbefore you can remove the key fromthe ignition switch.

Press the brakepedal and press the release buttonon the side of the shift lever to shiftfrom Park to Reverse. To shift fromReverse to Neutral, come to acomplete stop and then shift. Pressthe release button before shiftinginto Reverse from Neutral.

Use Neutral if youneed to restart a stalled engine, or ifit is necessary to stop briefly withthe engine idling. Shift to the Parkposition if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason. Press on thebrake pedal when you are movingthe shift lever from Neutral toanother gear.

186

Automatic Transmission

Driving

Park (P)

Shift Lock Release

Reverse (R)

Neutral (N)

184

Page 188: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

--

If you exceed the maximum speedfor the gear you are in, the enginespeed will enter into the tachometer’sred zone. If this occurs, you may feelthe engine cut in and out. This iscaused by a limiter in the engine’scomputer controls. The engine willrun normally when you reduce theRPM below the red zone.

Use Second gear:For more power when climbing.To increase engine braking whengoing down steep hills.For starting out on a slipperysurface or in deep snow.When driving downhill with atrailer.

To shift from Second toFirst, press the release button on theside of the shift lever. With the leverin this position, the transmissionlocks in First gear. By upshifting anddownshifting through 1, 2, D , and D,you can operate the transmissionmuch like a manual transmissionwithout a clutch pedal.

This position is similarto D, except only the first threegears are selected instead of all five.Use D when towing a trailer in hillyterrain, or to provide engine brakingwhen going down a steep hill. D canalso keep the transmission fromcycling between third and fourthgears in stop-and-go driving.

Use this position fornormal driving. The transmissionautomatically selects a suitable gear(1 through 5) for speed andacceleration. You may notice thetransmission shifting up at higherspeeds when the engine is cold. Thishelps the engine warm up faster.

To shift to Second,press the release button on the sideof the shift lever. This position locksthe transmission in second gear. Itdoes not downshift to first gearwhen you come to a stop.

3

3

3

Automatic Transmission

Driving

Engine Speed Limiter

First (1)Drive (D )

Drive (D)

Second (2)

3

185

Page 189: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This allows you to move the shiftlever out of Park if the normalmethod of pushing on the brakepedal and pressing the releasebutton does not work.

Set the Parking brake.

Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

Insert the key in the Shift LockRelease slot.

Push down on the key while youpress the release button on theshift lever and move the shift leverout of Park to Neutral.

Remove the key from the ShiftLock Release slot, then reinstallthe cover. Make sure the notch onthe cover is on the left side. Pressthe brake pedal, and restart theengine.

If you need to use the Shift LockRelease, it means your vehicle isdeveloping a problem. Have thevehicle checked by a Honda dealer.

Put a cloth on the edge of the ShiftLock Release slot cover. Using asmall flat-tipped screwdriver orsmall metal plate, carefully pry onthe edge of the cover to remove it.

1.

2.

3.4.

5.

6.

Shift Lock Release

Automatic Transmission

Driving186

COVERRELEASEBUTTON

SHIFT LOCK RELEASE SLOT

Page 190: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Always use the parking brake whenyou park your vehicle. Make surethe parking brake is set firmly oryour vehicle may roll if it is parkedon an incline.

If your vehicle has an automatictransmission, set the parking brakebefore you put the transmission inPark. This keeps the vehicle frommoving and putting pressure on theparking mechanism in thetransmission.

If the vehicle is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from thecurb. If you have a manualtransmission, put it in first gear.

If the vehicle is facing downhill,turn the front wheels toward thecurb. If you have a manualtransmission, put it in reverse gear.

Make sure the parking brake isfully released before driving away.Driving with the parking brakepartially set can overheat ordamage the rear brakes.

Make sure the moonroof (ifequipped) and the windows areclosed.

Turn off the lights.

Place any packages, valuables, etc.in the trunk or take them with you.

Lock the doors with the key or theremote transmitter.

Check the indicator on theinstrument panel to verify that thesecurity system is set.

Never park over dry leaves, tallgrass, or other flammablematerials. The hot three waycatalytic converter could causethese materials to catch on fire.

On vehicles with security system

Parking Tips

Driving

Parking Tips

187

Page 191: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your Honda is equipped with frontdisc brakes. The brakes on the rearwheels may be disc or drum,depending on the model. A powerassist helps reduce the effort neededon the brake pedal. The ABS helpsyou retain steering control whenbraking very hard.

Resting your foot on the pedal keepsthe brakes applied lightly, builds upheat, and reduces their effectiveness.It also keeps your brake lights on allthe time, confusing drivers behindyou.

Constant application of the brakeswhen going down a long hill buildsup heat and reduces their effective-ness. Use the engine to assist thebrakes by taking your foot off theaccelerator and downshifting to alower gear.

Check the brakes after drivingthrough deep water. Apply thebrakes moderately to see if they feelnormal. If not, apply them gently andfrequently until they do. Be extracautious in your driving.

The hydraulic system that operatesthe brakes has two separate circuits.Each circuit works diagonally acrossthe vehicle (the left-front brake isconnected with the right-rear brake,

etc.). If one circuit should develop aproblem, you will still have brakingat two wheels.

The front and rear disc brakes on allmodels have audible brake wearindicators. All models except for the4-cylinder LX have rear disc brakesas standard equipment.

If the brake pads need replacing, youwill hear a distinctive, metallicscreeching sound when you applythe brake pedal. If you do not havethe brake pads replaced, they willscreech all the time. It is normal forthe brakes to occasionally squeal orsqueak when you apply them.

Braking System

Driving

Braking System Design

Brake Wear Indicators

188

Front

Page 192: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent the brakes fromlocking up and helps you retainsteering control by pumping thebrakes rapidly, much faster than aperson can do it.

The ABS also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution accordingto vehicle loading.

this defeats the purpose of the ABS.Let the ABS work for you by alwayskeeping firm, steady pressure on thebrake pedal as you steer away fromthe hazard. This is sometimesreferred to as ‘‘stomp and steer.’’

You will feel a pulsation in the brakepedal when the ABS activates, andyou may hear some noise. This isnormal: it is the ABS rapidlypumping the brakes. On drypavement, you will need to press onthe brake pedal very hard before theABS activates. However, you mayfeel the ABS activate immediately ifyou are trying to stop on snow or ice.

If the ABS indicator comes on, theanti-lock function of the brakingsystem has shut down. The brakesstill work like a conventional system,but without anti-lock. You shouldhave the dealer inspect your vehicleas soon as possible.

You should never pump the brake pedal;

CONTINUED

Anti-lock Brakes Activating the Anti-lock Brakes ABS Indicator

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

Driving 189

ABS INDICATOR

Page 193: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the ABS indicator and the brakesystem indicator come on together,and the parking brake is fullyreleased, the front-to-rear brakingdistribution system may also be shutdown.

Test your brakes as instructed onpage . If the brakes feel normal,drive slowly and have your vehiclerepaired by your Honda dealer assoon as possible. Avoid sudden hardbraking which could cause the rearwheels to lock up and possibly leadto a loss of control.

It only helps with thesteering control during braking.

such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed for the road and weatherconditions.

Always steer moderatelywhen you are braking hard. Severeor sharp steering wheel movementcan still cause your vehicle to veerinto oncoming traffic or off the road.

on loose oruneven surfaces, such as gravel orsnow, than a vehicle without anti-lock. Slow down and allow a greaterdistance between vehicles underthose conditions.

The TCS indicator will come onalong with the ABS indicator.

271

On all V6 models

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

Driving

Important Safety RemindersABS does not reduce the time ordistance it takes to stop thevehicle.

ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from changing directionabruptly,

ABS cannot prevent the loss ofstability.

A vehicle with ABS may require alonger distance to stop

190

Page 194: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your Honda is equipped with aTraction Control System (TCS) toassist you in maintaining tractionwhile driving slowly on loose orslippery surfaces.

TCS monitors the speed of all fourwheels. When it senses a front wheellosing traction, it applies braking tothat wheel. The TCS Activationindicator flashes when this occurs.

Driving with TCS requires no specialskills or technique. The TCS doesnot control your vehicle’s wholebraking system and cannot preventskidding if you enter a corner toofast. It is still your responsibility todrive at reasonable speeds and toleave a sufficient margin of safety.

When starting out or driving on aloose or slippery road surface, youmay notice that the vehicle does notrespond to the accelerator in thesame way it does at other times. Thisis a sign TCS is activating. You willsee the TCS Activation indicatorflash.

The TCS indicator (see page )and the TCS Activation indicatorcome on and stay on when there is aproblem with the TCS.

You should still install winter tires onyour vehicle during the winter. Makesure to use the same size originallysupplied with the vehicle. Exercisethe same caution in winter driving asyou would if your vehicle was notequipped with TCS.

Driving with the compact spare tireinstalled (see page ) mayactivate the TCS. You should turn offthe system.

60

256

On all V6 models

Traction Control System (TCS)

Driving 191

TCS INDICATOR

TCS ACTIVATION INDICATOR

Page 195: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This switch is under the side vent. Itlets you turn the Traction ControlSystem on and off. You cannot turnoff the TCS while the TCS Activationindicator is flashing.

Deactivate the system by pressingthe TCS On/Off switch. The TCSActivation indicator comes on as areminder. Pressing the switch againturns the system back on.

The Traction Control System turnson every time you start the engine,even if you turned it off the last timeyou drove the vehicle.

When you turn the ignition switchto ON (II).

When you manually turn off TCS.

It flashes when TCS is regulatingwheelspin.

If the system’s diagnostics sensesa problem with TCS, the indicatorwill come on and stay on alongwith the TCS indicator.

The TCS Activation indicator comeson or flashes under the followingconditions:

Traction Control System (TCS)

Driving

TCS ON/OFF Switch TCS Activation Indicator

192

Page 196: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the TCS indicator comes on whiledriving, pull to the side of the roadwhen it is safe and turn off theengine. Reset the system by re-starting the engine, and watch theTCS indicator. If the indicatorremains on, or comes back on whiledriving, have the TCS inspected byyour Honda dealer. You can stilldrive the vehicle without TCS.

The TCS indicator may occasionallycome on for one or two seconds andthen go out. This is normal.

This indicator will come on alongwith the ABS indicator if there is aproblem in the anti-lock brakesystem (see on page

).

If the TCS indicator comes on alongwith the Brake System indicator, itindicates a problem in the brakesystem (see

on page ).

189

271

Traction Control System (TCS)

Driving

ABS Indicator

Brake SystemIndicator

193

Page 197: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The totalweight of the trailer andeverything loaded in it must notexceed 1,000 lbs (450 kg). Towinga load that is too heavy canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling and performance. It canalso damage the engine anddrivetrain.

The weight thatthe tongue of a fully-loaded trailerputs on the hitch should beapproximately 10 percent of thetrailer weight. Too little tongueload can make the trailer unstableand cause it to sway. Too muchtongue load reduces front-tiretraction and steering control.

To safely tow a trailer, you shouldobserve the load limits, use theproper equipment, and follow theguidelines in this section.

Towing a Trailer

Total Trailer Weight: Tongue Load:

Load Limits

Driving194

Exceeding any load limit orimproperly loading your vehicleand trailer can cause a crash inwhich you can be seriously hurtor killed.

Check the loading of yourvehicle and trailer carefullybefore starting to drive.

Page 198: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To achieve a proper tongue load,start by loading 60 percent of theload toward the front of the trailerand 40 percent toward the rear, thenre-adjust the load as needed.

The total weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, all cargo, and thetongue load must not exceed:

The total weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, all cargo, and thetongue load must not exceed:

The best way to confirm that vehicleand trailer weights are within limitsis to have them checked at publicscale.

Using a suitable scale or a specialtongue load gauge, check the tongueload the first time you set up atowing combination (a fully-loadedvehicle and trailer), then recheck thetongue load whenever the conditionschange.

Always use safety chains. Make surethey are secured to both the trailerand hitch, and that they cross underthe tongue so they can catch thetrailer if it becomes unhitched.Leave enough slack to allow thetrailer to turn corners easily, but donot let chains drag on the ground.

(LX)

(EX, EX-L)

(LX)

on the front axle

on the rear axle(EX, EX-L)

on the front axle

on the rear axle

on the front axle

on the rear axle

4-cylinder models:

6-cylinder models:

4-cylinder models:

6-cylinder models:

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR):

Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR):

Checking Loads

Safety Chains

195

4,080 lbs (1,850 kg)

4,125 lbs (1,870 kg)

4,300 lbs (1,950 kg)

2,195 lbs (995 kg)

1,960 lbs (890 kg)

2,225 lbs (1,010 kg)

1,985 lbs (900 kg)

2,360 lbs (1,070 kg)

2,005 lbs (910 kg)

Page 199: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Towing generally requires a varietyof supplemental equipment. Toensure the best quality, werecommend that you purchaseHonda equipment whenever possible.

Discuss any additional needs withyour trailer sales or rental agency,and make sure all equipment isproperly installed, maintained, andalso meets state and provinceregulations.

Any hitch used on your vehicle mustbe properly bolted to the underbody.

Honda recommends that any trailerhaving a total weight of 1,000 lbs(450 kg) or more be equipped withits own electric or surge-type brakes.

If you choose electric brakes, besure they are electrically actuated.Do not attempt to tap into yourvehicle’s hydraulic system. Nomatter how successful it may seem,any attempt to attach trailer brakesto your vehicle’s hydraulic systemwill lower braking effectiveness andcreate a potential hazard.

See your trailer dealer for moreinformation on installing electricbrakes.

Trailer lights and equipment mustcomply with federal, state, province,and local regulations. Check withyour local recreational vehicle dealerfor the requirements in your area,and use only equipment designed foryour vehicle.

Since lighting and wiring vary bytrailer type and brand, you shouldhave a qualified technician install asuitable connector between thevehicle and the trailer. Improperequipment or installation can causedamage to your vehicle’s electricalsystem and affect your vehiclewarranty.

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Towing Equipment andAccessories

Hitches

Trailer Brakes Trailer Lights

196

Page 200: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Many states and Canadian provincesrequire special outside mirrors whentowing a trailer. Even if they don’t,you should install special mirrors ifyou cannot clearly see behind you, orif the trailer creates a blind spot.

Ask your trailer sales or rentalagency if any other items arerecommended or required for yourtowing situation.

When preparing to tow, and beforedriving away, be sure to check thefollowing:

The vehicle has been properlyserviced, and the tires, brakes,suspension, and cooling systemare in good operating condition.

All weights and loads are withinlimits (see pages and ).

The hitch, safety chains, and anyother attachments are secure.

All items on and in the trailer areproperly secured and cannot shiftwhile you drive.

The lights and brakes on yourvehicle and the trailer are workingproperly.

Your vehicle tires and spare areproperly inflated (see page ),and the trailer tires and spare areinflated as recommended by thetrailer maker.

194 195

285

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Additional Trailer Equipment Pre-Tow Checklist

197

Page 201: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Crosswinds and air turbulencecaused by passing trucks can disruptyour steering and cause trailerswaying. When being passed by alarge vehicle, keep a constant speedand steer straight ahead. Do not tryto make quick steering or brakingcorrections.

Always drive slowly and havesomeone guide you when backing up.Grip the of the steeringwheel; then turn the wheel to the leftto get the trailer to move to the left,and turn the wheel right to move thetrailer to the right.

Drive slower than normal in alldriving situations, and obey postedspeed limits for vehicles with trailers.If you have an automatictransmission, use D position whentowing a trailer on level roads. D isthe proper shift lever position to usewhen towing a trailer in hilly terrain.(See ‘‘ ’’ in the nextcolumn for additional gearinformation.)

Follow all normal precautions whenparking, including firmly setting theparking brake and putting thetransmission in Park (automatic) orin 1st or Reverse (manual). Also,place wheel chocks at each of thetrailer’s tires.

The added weight, length, andheight of a trailer will affect yourvehicle’s handling and performance,so driving with a trailer requiressome special driving skills andtechniques.

For your safety and the safety ofothers, take time to practice drivingmaneuvers before heading for theopen road, and follow the guidelinesbelow.

Make turns more slowly and widerthan normal. The trailer tracks asmaller arc than your vehicle, and itcan hit or run over something thevehicle misses. Allow more time anddistance for braking. Do not brake orturn suddenly as this could cause thetrailer to jackknife or turn over.

bottom

3

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Handling Crosswinds and Buffeting

Backing UpDriving on Hills

Towing Speeds and GearsParking

Making Turns and Braking

Driving Safely With a Trailer

198

Page 202: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you must stop when facing uphill,use the foot brake or parking brake.Do not try to hold the vehicle inplace by pressing on the accelerator,as this can cause the automatictransmission to overheat.

When driving down hills, reduceyour speed and shift down to 2ndgear. Do not ‘‘ride’’ the brakes, andremember it will take longer to slowdown and stop when towing a trailer.

When climbing hills, closely watchyour temperature gauge. If it nearsthe red (Hot) mark, turn the airconditioning off, reduce speed and, ifnecessary, pull to the side of theroad to let the engine cool.

If the automatic transmission shiftsfrequently within 3rd, 4th, and 5thgears while going up a hill, shift toD .3

Towing a Trailer

Driving

Driving on Hills

199

Page 203: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

200

Page 204: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This section explains why it isimportant to keep your vehicle wellmaintained and how to follow basicmaintenance safety precautions.

This section also includesMaintenance Schedules for normaldriving and severe driving conditions,a Maintenance Record, and instruc-tions for simple maintenance tasksyou may want to take care ofyourself.

If you have the skills and tools to per-form more complex maintenancetasks on your Honda, you may wantto purchase the Service Manual. Seepage for information on how toobtain a copy, or see your Hondadealer.

......................Maintenance Safety . 202.................Maintenance Schedule . 203

Maintenance Schedule..................(4-cylinder Models) . 205

....................Maintenance Record . 207Maintenance Schedule

..................(6-cylinder Models) . 210....................Maintenance Record . 212

..............................Fluid Locations . 215........................Adding Engine Oil . 217

.........Changing the Oil and Filter . 218..............................Engine Coolant . 221

....................Windshield Washers . 224.......................Transmission Fluid . 225

..........Automatic Transmission . 2255-speed Manual

.........................Transmission . 2286-speed Manual

.........................Transmission . 228................Brake and Clutch Fluid . 230

....................Power Steering Fluid . 231....................................Timing Belt . 232....................................Hood Latch . 232

.............................................Lights . 233.......................................Seat Belts . 240.....................................Floor Mats . 240

..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 242.................................Wiper Blades . 243

...............................................Tires . 245........................Check the Battery . 252

.............................Vehicle Storage . 254

303

Maintenance

Maintenance 201

Page 205: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

All service items not detailed in thissection should be performed by aHonda technician or other qualifiedmechanic.

To eliminate potential hazards, readthe instructions before you begin,and make sure you have the toolsand skills required.

To clean parts, use a commerciallyavailable degreaser or partscleaner, not gasoline.

Be sure there isadequate ventilation whenever youoperate the engine.

Let theengine and exhaust system coolbefore touching any parts.

Donot run the engine unlessinstructed to do so.

Some of the most important safetyprecautions are given here. However,we cannot warn you of everyconceivable hazard that can arise inperforming maintenance. Only youcan decide whether or not youshould perform a given task.

Make sure your vehicle is parkedon level ground, the parking brakeis set, and the engine is off.

To reduce the possibility of fire orexplosion, keep cigarettes, sparks,and flames away from the batteryand all fuel-related parts.

Wear eye protection andprotective clothing when workingwith the battery or compressed air.

Maintenance Safety

Maintenance

Important Safety Precautions

Potential Vehicle HazardsCarbon Monoxide poison fromengine exhaust.

Burns from hot parts.

Injury from moving parts.

202

Improperly maintaining thisvehicle or failing to correct aproblem before driving cancause a crash in which you canbe seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspectionand maintenancerecommendations, andschedules in this owner’smanual.

Failure to properly followmaintenance instructions andprecautions can cause you tobe seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the proceduresand precautions in this owner’smanual.

Page 206: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The maintenance schedule assumesyou will use your vehicle as normaltransportation for passengers andtheir possessions. You should alsofollow these recommendations:

Avoid exceeding your vehicle’sload limit. This puts excess stresson the engine, brakes, and manyother vehicle parts. The load limitis shown on the tire informationlabel on the driver’s doorjamb.

Operate your vehicle onreasonable roads within legalspeed limits.

Service your vehicle according to thetime and mileage periods on one ofthe Maintenance Schedules on thefollowing pages.

Follow theMaintenance Schedule for SevereConditions if you drive your vehicleMAINLY under one or more of thefollowing conditions.

Driving less than 5 miles (8 km)per trip or, in freezingtemperatures, driving less than 10miles (16 km) per trip.

Driving in extremely hot [over90°F (32°C)] conditions.

Trailer towing, driving with a roofrack, or driving in mountainousconditions.

Driving on muddy, dusty, or de-iced roads.

If you only OCCASIONALLYdrive under a ‘‘severe’’ condition, youshould follow the MaintenanceSchedule for Normal Conditions.

Follow theMaintenance Schedule for SevereConditions.

Drive your vehicle regularly over adistance of several miles(kilometers).

Always use unleaded gasoline withthe proper octane rating (see page

).

Extensive idling or long periods ofstop and go driving, such as a taxior a commercial delivery vehicle.

164

Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance

Which Schedule to Follow:

U.S. Owners

Canadian Owners

203

NOTE:

Page 207: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your authorized Honda dealerknows your vehicle best and canprovide competent, efficient service.However, service at a dealer is notmandatory to keep your warrantiesin effect. Maintenance may be doneby any qualified service facility orskilled person to keep yourwarranties in effect. Keep all thereceipts as proof of completion, andhave the person who does the workfill out the Maintenance Record.Check your warranty booklet formore information.

We recommend the use of Hondaparts and fluids whenever you havemaintenance done.

According to state and federalregulations, failure to performmaintenance on the items markedwith will not void your emissionswarranties. However, Hondarecommends that all maintenanceservices be performed at therecommended time or mileageperiod to ensure long-term reliability.

You should check the followingitems at the specified intervals. Ifyou are unsure of how to performany check, turn to the appropriatepage listed.

Lights Check the operation ofthe headlights, parking lights,taillights, high-mount brake light,and license plate lights monthly.See page .

Engine oil level Check everytime you fill the fuel tank. Seepage .Engine coolant level Check theradiator reserve tank every timeyou fill the fuel tank. See page .Automatic transmission Checkthe fluid level monthly. See page

.Brakes Check the fluid levelmonthly. See page .Tires Check the tire pressuremonthly. Examine the tread forwear and foreign objects. See page

.

U.S. Vehicles:

233

168

169

225

230

245

Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance

Servicing Your Vehicle Owner’s Maintenance ChecksMaintenance,replacement, or repair ofemissions control devices andsystems may be done by anyautomotive repair establishmentor individual using parts that are‘‘certif ied’’ to EPA standards.

204

Page 208: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

#*

4-cylinder Models

Maintenance 205

miles x 1,000km x 1,000

Service the items listed at the indicated distance (or time, if given).

Check oil and coolant at each fuel stopCheck inflation and condition once a month

Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes firstEvery 10,000 miles (16,000 km)

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or every 2 years, whichever comes first

Inspect every 110,000 miles (176,000 km), otherwise adjust only if noisy

Every 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or every 6 years, whichever comes firstEvery 160,000 miles (256,000 km)

Every 3 years (independent of mileage)

Every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes first

1016

2032

3048

5080

6096

70112

80128

90144

100160

110176

120192

130208

140224

150240

See information on maintenance and emissions warranty, last column, page .Replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 6 years, then every 90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 5 years.

4064

Check engine oil and coolantCheck tiresReplace engine oilRotate tires (follow pattern on page 248 )Replace engine oil filterCheck front and rear brake wearCheck parking brake adjustmentInspect the following items:

Tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft bootsBrake hoses and lines (including ABS)All fluid levels and condition of fluidsExhaust systemFuel lines and connections

Inspect drive beltReplace dust and pollen filterReplace air cleaner elementReplace spark plugsInspect valve clearanceReplace automatic transmission fluidReplace manual transmission fluidInspect idle speedReplace engine coolantReplace brake fluid

At 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, then every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 5 years

::

204

Main

tenance

Sch

edule

for

Norm

alC

onditio

ns

Page 209: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

#**

4-cylinder Models

Maintenance206

miles x 1,000km x 1,000

Service the items listed at the indicated distance (or time, if given).

Check oil and coolant at each fuel stopCheck inflation and condition once a month

Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km)

Every 3 years (independent of mileage)

Every 160,000 miles (256,000 km)Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or every 3 years, whichever comes first

Inspect every 110,000 miles (176,000 km), otherwise adjust only if noisy

Every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) (Use normal schedule except in dusty condition)

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or every 2 years, whichever comes first

Every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes first

Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes first

Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or every 6 months, whichever comes first

Replace at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 3 years, then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 2 years.

See information on maintenance and emissions warranty, last column, page .

1016

2032

3048

4064

5080

70112

80128

90144

100160

110176

120192

130208

140224

150240

6096

Check engine oil and coolantCheck tiresReplace engine oilRotate tires (follow pattern on page 248 )Replace engine oil filterCheck front and rear brake wearLubricate all hinges, locks and latchesInspect the following items:

Tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft boots

Check parking brake adjustmentInspect the following items:

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS)All fluid levels and condition of fluidsExhaust systemFuel lines and connectionsLights and controls/vehicle underbody

Inspect drive beltReplace dust and pollen filterReplace air cleaner elementReplace spark plugsInspect valve clearanceReplace automatic transmission fluidReplace manual transmission fluidInspect idle speedReplace engine coolantReplace brake fluid

At 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, then every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 5 years

See dust and pollen filter on page for replacement information under special driving conditions.:

1:2:

204242

1

2

Main

tenance

Sch

edule

for

Seve

reC

onditi

ons

Page 210: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)

CONTINUED

Maintenance Record for 4-cylinder Models

Maintenance 207

5,000 mi

10,000 mi

15,000 mi

20,000 mi

25,000 mi

30,000 mi

35,000 mi

40,000 mi

45,000 mi

50,000 mi

You or the servicing dealer can record all completed maintenance here, whether you follow the schedule for normal conditions (page ) or severeconditions (page ). Keep the receipts for all work done on your vehicle.

8,000 km

16,000 km

24,000 km

32,000 km

40,000 km

48,000 km

56,000 km

64,000 km

72,000 km

80,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp Signature or dealer stamp

206205

mi/km

Date

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

Page 211: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)Maintenance Record for 4-cylinder Models

Maintenance208

55,000 mi

60,000 mi

65,000 mi

70,000 mi

75,000 mi

80,000 mi

85,000 mi

90,000 mi

95,000 mi

100,000 mi

88,000 km

96,000 km

104,000 km

112,000 km

120,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp128,000 km

136,000 km

144,000 km

152,000 km

160,000 km

Signature or dealer stampmi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

Page 212: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)Maintenance Record for 4-cylinder Models

Maintenance 209

105,000 mi

110,000 mi

115,000 mi

120,000 mi

125,000 mi

130,000 mi

135,000 mi

140,000 mi

145,000 mi

150,000 mi

168,000 km

176,000 km

184,000 km

192,000 km

200,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp208,000 km

216,000 km

224,000 km

232,000 km

240,000 km

Signature or dealer stampmi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

mi/km

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Date

Page 213: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

#*

Maintenance

6-cylinder Models

210

Service the items listed at the indicated distance (or time, if given).miles x 1,000km x 1,000

Check oil and coolant at each fuel stopCheck inflation and condition once a month

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or every 2 years, whichever comes first

Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes firstEvery 7,500 miles (12,000 km)

Every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes first

Inspect every 105,000 miles (168,000 km), otherwise adjust only if noisy

4572

3048

6096

75120

90144

105168

120192

135216

150240

1524

Check engine oil and coolantCheck tiresReplace engine oilRotate tires (follow pattern on page 248 )Replace engine oil filterCheck front and rear brake wearCheck parking brake adjustmentInspect the following items:

Tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft bootsBrake hoses and lines (including ABS)All fluid levels and condition of fluidsExhaust systemFuel lines and connections

Inspect drive beltReplace dust and pollen filterReplace air cleaner elementReplace spark plugsInspect valve clearanceReplace automatic transmission fluidReplace manual transmission fluidInspect idle speedReplace timing belt and inspect water pumpReplace engine coolantReplace brake fluid

Replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 6 years, then every 90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 5 years.See information on maintenance and emissions warranty, last column, page .

Every 3 years (independent of mileage)

Every 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or every 7 years, whichever comes firstAt 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, then every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 5 years

Every 165,000 miles (264,000 km)Every 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or every 6 years, whichever comes first

::

204

Main

tenance

Sch

edule

for

Norm

alC

onditi

ons

Page 214: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

#***

#*

Maintenance

6-cylinder Models

211

Service the items listed at the indicated distance (or time, if given).miles x 1,000km x 1,000

Check oil and coolant at each fuel stopCheck inflation and condition once a month

Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or every 6 months, whichever comes firstEvery 7,500 miles (12,000 km)

1524

3048

4572

75120

135216

Every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or every 1 year, whichever comes first

Every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or every 2 years, whichever comes first

Every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) (Use normal schedule except in dusty condition)

105168

6096

90144

120192

Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or every 6 months, whichever comes first

Check engine oil and coolantCheck tiresReplace engine oil and oil filterRotate tires (follow pattern on page 248 )Check front and rear brake wearInspect the following items:

Tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft boots

Check parking brake adjustmentLubricate all hinges, locks and latchesInspect the following items:

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS)All fluid levels and condition of fluidsExhaust systemFuel lines and connectionsLights and controls/vehicle underbody

Inspect drive beltReplace dust and pollen filterReplace air cleaner elementReplace spark plugsInspect valve clearanceReplace automatic transmission fluidReplace manual transmission fluidInspect idle speedReplace timing belt , and inspect water pumpReplace engine coolantReplace brake fluid

See timing belt on page for replacement information under special driving conditions.Replace at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 3 years, then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 2 years.See dust and pollen filter on page for replacement information under special driving conditions.See information on maintenance and emissions warranty, last column, page .

Every 3 years (independent of mileage)At 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, then every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 5 years

Every 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or every 7 years, whichever comes firstEvery 165,000 miles (264,000 km)

Inspect every 105,000 miles (168,000 km), otherwise adjust only if noisy

150240

Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or every 3 years, whichever comes first

:1:2:3:

204

232

242

1

2

3

Main

tenance

Sch

edule

for

Seve

reC

onditio

ns

Page 215: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)Maintenance Record for 6-cylinder Models

Maintenance212

3,750 mi

7,500 mi

11,250 mi

15,000 mi

18,750 mi

22,500 mi

26,250 mi

30,000 mi

33,750 mi

37,500 mi

41,250 mi

45,000 mi

48,750 mi

52,500 mi

56,250 mi

60,000 mi

You or the servicing dealer can record all completed maintenance here, whether you follow the schedule for normal conditions (page ) or severeconditions (page ). Keep the receipts for all work done on your vehicle.

6,000 km

12,000 km

18,000 km

24,000 km

30,000 km

36,000 km

42,000 km

48,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

54,000 km

60,000 km

66,000 km

72,000 km

78,000 km

84,000 km

90,000 km

96,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

210211

Page 216: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)

CONTINUED

Maintenance Record for 6-cylinder Models

Maintenance 213

63,750 mi

67,500 mi

71,250 mi

75,000 mi

78,750 mi

82,500 mi

86,250 mi

90,000 mi

93,750 mi

97,500 mi

101,250 mi

105,000 mi

108,750 mi

112,500 mi

116,250 mi

120,000 mi

102,000 km

108,000 km

114,000 km

120,000 km

126,000 km

132,000 km

138,000 km

144,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

150,000 km

156,000 km

162,000 km

168,000 km

174,000 km

180,000 km

186,000 km

192,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

Page 217: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

(for Normal and Severe Schedules)Maintenance Record for 6-cylinder Models

Maintenance214

123,750 mi

127,500 mi

131,250 mi

135,000 mi

138,750 mi

142,500 mi

146,250 mi

150,000 mi

198,000 km

204,000 km

210,000 km

216,000 km

222,000 km

228,000 km

234,000 km

240,000 km

Signature or dealer stamp mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

mi/km

Date

Page 218: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Fluid Locations

Maintenance

4-cylinder Models

215

BRAKE FLUID(Gray cap)

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK(Orange handle)

WASHER FLUID(Blue cap)

POWER STEERINGFLUID (Red cap)

RADIATOR CAP

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFLUID DIPSTICK(Yellow loop)

ENGINE OILFILL CAP

CLUTCH FLUID(5-speed ManualTransmission only)(Light gray cap)

ENGINECOOLANTRESERVOIR

Page 219: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Fluid Locations

Maintenance

6-cylinder Models

216

ENGINE OIL FILL CAP

RADIATOR CAP

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK(Orange loop)

WASHER FLUID(Blue cap)

POWER STEERINGFLUID (Red cap)

BRAKE FLUID(Gray cap)

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFLUID DIPSTICK(Yellow loop)

ENGINECOOLANTRESERVOIR

CLUTCH FLUID(Gray cap)(6-speed ManualTransmission only)

Page 220: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Unscrew and remove the engine oilfill cap on top of the valve cover.Pour in the oil slowly and carefully soyou do not spill. Clean up any spillsimmediately. Spilled oil coulddamage components in the enginecompartment.

Install the engine oil fill cap andtighten it securely. Wait a fewminutes and recheck the oil level. Donot fill above the upper mark; youcould damage the engine.

Oil is a major contributor to yourengine’s performance and longevity.Always use a premium-grade 5W-20detergent oil displaying the APICertification Seal. This seal indicatesthe oil is energy conserving, and thatit meets the American PetroleumInstitute’s latest requirements.

CONTINUED

Adding Engine Oil

Maintenance

Recommended Engine Oil

217

ENGINE OIL FILL CAP

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder modelsENGINE OIL FILL CAP API CERTIFICATION SEAL

Page 221: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Honda Motor Oil is the preferred5W-20 lubricant for your vehicle. It ishighly recommended that you useHonda Motor Oil in your vehicle foroptimum engine protection. Makesure the API Certification Seal says‘‘For Gasoline Engines’’.

The oil viscosity or weight isprovided on the container’s label.5W-20 oil is formulated for year-round protection of your Honda toimprove cold weather starting andfuel economy.

You may use a synthetic motor oil ifit meets the same requirementsgiven for a conventional motor oil: itdisplays the API Certification Sealand it is the proper weight. You mustfollow the oil and filter changeintervals given on the maintenanceschedule.

Your Honda does not require any oiladditives. Additives may adverselyaffect your engine’s or transmission’sperformance and durability.

Always change the oil and filteraccording to the recommendations inthe maintenance schedule. The oiland filter collect contaminants thatcan damage your engine if they arenot removed regularly.

Changing the oil and filter requiresspecial tools and access fromunderneath the vehicle. The vehicleshould be raised on a service station-type hydraulic lift for this service.Unless you have the knowledge andproper equipment, you should havethis maintenance done by a skilledmechanic.

Run the engine until it reachesnormal operating temperature,then shut it off.

1.

Adding Engine Oil, Changing the Oil and Filter

Maintenance

Synthetic Oil

Engine Oil Additives

Changing the Oil and Filter

218

Ambient Temperature

Page 222: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Open the hood and remove theengine oil fill cap. Remove the oildrain bolt and washer from thebottom of the engine. Drain the oilinto an appropriate container.

Remove the oil filter and let theremaining oil drain. A specialwrench (available from yourHonda dealer) is required.

Install a new oil filter according tothe instructions that come with it.Make sure to clean off any dirtand dust on the connectingsurface of a new oil filter.

4.3.2.

CONTINUED

Changing the Oil and Filter

Maintenance 219

4-cylinder models

OIL DRAIN BOLT OIL DRAIN BOLTWASHER OIL FILTER

4-cylinder models6-cylinder models

WASHER

Page 223: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Put a new washer on the drain bolt,then reinstall the drain bolt.Tighten it to:

(4-cylinder models)

(6-cylinder models)

Refill the engine with the recom-mended oil.

Engine oil change capacity(including filter):

(4-cylinder models)

(6-cylinder models)

Replace the engine oil fill cap.Start the engine. The oil pressureindicator should go out within 5seconds. If it does not, turn off theengine and check your work.

Let the engine run for severalminutes, then check the drain boltand oil filter for leaks.

Turn off the engine and let it sitfor several minutes, then checkthe oil level on the dipstick. Ifnecessary, add more oil.

9.

8.

7.

6.

5.

Changing the Oil and Filter

Maintenance220

NOTICE:

OIL FILTER

6-cylinder models

4.4 US qt (4.2 )

4.5 US qt (4.3 )

33 lbf·ft (44 N·m , 4.5 kgf·m)

29 lbf·ft (39 N·m , 4.0 kgf·m)

Improper disposal of engineoil can be harmf ul to the environment.If you change your own oil, pleasedispose of the used oil properly. Put itin a sealed container and take it to arecycling center. Do not discard it in atrash bin or dump it on the ground.

Page 224: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the coolant level in the reservetank is at or below the MIN line, addcoolant to bring it up to the MAX line.Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Always use Honda All SeasonAntifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Thiscoolant is pre-mixed with 50 percentantifreeze and 50 percent water.Never add straight antifreeze orplain water.

If Honda antifreeze/coolant is notavailable, you may use anothermajor-brand non-silicate coolant as atemporary replacement. Make sure itis a high-quality coolant

recommended for aluminum engines.Continued use of any non-Hondacoolant can result in corrosion,causing the cooling system tomalfunction or fail. Have the coolingsystem flushed and refilled withHonda antifreeze/coolant as soon aspossible.

If the reserve tank is completelyempty, you should also check thecoolant level in the radiator.

CONTINUED

Engine Coolant

Maintenance

Adding Engine Coolant

221

6-cylinder models RESERVE TANK4-cylinder models RESERVE TANK

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to spray out,seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

Page 225: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

When the radiator and engine arecool, relieve any pressure in thecooling system by turning theradiator cap counterclockwise,without pressing down.

Remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turningcounterclockwise.

The coolant level should be up tothe base of the filler neck. Addcoolant if it is low.

Pour coolant into the reserve tank.Fill it to halfway between the MAXand MIN marks. Put the cap backon the reserve tank.

Pour the coolant slowly and carefullyso you do not spill. Clean up anyspills immediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

Put the radiator cap back on, andtighten it fully.

4.

5.1.

2.

3.

Engine Coolant

Maintenance222

RESERVE TANK4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models 4-cylinder modelsRADIATOR CAP

RADIATOR CAP

Page 226: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Do not add any rust inhibitors orother additives to your vehicle’scooling system. They may not becompatible with the coolant orengine components.

Engine Coolant

Maintenance 223

6-cylinder models RESERVE TANK

Page 227: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Check the fluid level in thewindshield washer reservoir at leastmonthly during normal use.

Check the reservoir’s fluid level byremoving the cap and looking at thelevel gauge attached to the cap.

Fill the reservoir with a good-qualitywindshield washer fluid. Thisincreases the cleaning capability andprevents freezing in cold weather.

When you refill the reservoir, cleanthe edges of the windshield wiperblades with windshield washer fluidon a clean cloth. This will help tocondition them.

The low washerlevel indicator will come on when thelevel is low (see page ).63

On Canadian models:

Windshield Washers

Maintenance224

NOTICE:

LEVEL GAUGE

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models

LEVEL GAUGE

Do not use engine antif reezeor a vinegar/water solution in thewindshield washer reservoir. Antif reezecan damage your vehicle’s paint, whilea vinegar/water solution can damagethe windshield washer pump. Use onlycommercially-available windshieldwasher f luid.

Page 228: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

4-cylinder models

Check the fluid level with the engineat normal operating temperature.

Park the vehicle on level ground.Shut off the engine.

Remove the dipstick (yellow loop)from the transmission, and wipe itwith a clean cloth.

Insert the dipstick all the way intothe transmission securely asshown in the illustration.Make sure the notch in the rubbercap fits in the dipstick guide andthat you push the dipstick in allthe way.

Remove the dipstick and checkthe fluid level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

If the level is below the lowermark, add fluid into the dipsticktube to bring it to the upper mark.

Always use Honda ATF-Z1(Automatic Transmission Fluid). Ifit’s not available, you may use aDEXRON III automatictransmission fluid as a temporaryreplacement. However, continueduse can affect the shift quality.Have the transmission flushed andrefilled with Honda ATF-Z1 assoon as it is convenient.1.

2.

3.

5.

4.

CONTINUED

Transmission Fluid

Maintenance

Automatic Transmission

225

DIPSTICK

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

DIPSTICKGUIDE

Page 229: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To thoroughly flush the transmission,the technician should drain and refillit with Honda ATF-Z1, then drive thevehicle for a short distance. Do thisthree times. Then drain and refill thetransmission a final time.

Insert the dipstick all the way backinto the transmission securely asshown in the illustration.Make sure the notch fits in thedipstick guide and the dipstick isdown all the way.

The transmission should be drainedand refilled with new fluid accordingto the time and distance recommen-dations in the maintenance schedule.

If you are not sure how to add fluid,contact your Honda dealer.

Check the fluid level with the engineat normal operating temperature.

Park the vehicle on level ground.Shut off the engine.

Remove the dipstick (yellow loop)from the transmission, and wipe itwith a clean cloth.

Make sure the rubber cap on thedipstick fits in the dipstick guideand that you push the dipstick inall the way.

Insert the dipstick all the way intothe transmission securely asshown in the illustration.

1.

2.

6.

3.

6-cylinder models

Transmission Fluid

Maintenance

Automatic Transmission

226

DIPSTICK

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

Page 230: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Remove the dipstick and checkthe fluid level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

If the level is below the lowermark, remove the fill plug and addfluid to bring it to the upper mark.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefullyso you do not spill. Clean up anyspills immediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

Always use Honda ATF-Z1(Automatic Transmission Fluid). Ifit’s not available, you may use aDEXRON III automatictransmission fluid as a temporaryreplacement. However, continueduse can affect the shift quality.Have the transmission flushed andrefilled with Honda ATF-Z1 assoon as it is convenient.

To thoroughly flush the transmission,the technician should drain and refillit with Honda ATF-Z1, then drive thevehicle for a short distance. Do thisthree times. Then drain and refill thetransmission a final time.

Make sure the rubber cap fits inthe dipstick guide and the dipstickis down all the way.

Insert the dipstick all the way backinto the transmission securely asshown in the illustration.

The transmission should be drainedand refilled with new fluid accordingto the time and distance recommen-dations in the maintenance schedule.

If you are not sure how to add fluid,contact your Honda dealer.

5.

6.

4.

Transmission Fluid

Maintenance 227

Page 231: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

On 4-cylinder models

On EX-V6 model

Check the fluid level with thetransmission at normal operatingtemperature and the vehicle sittingon level ground. Remove thetransmission filler bolt, and carefullyfeel inside the bolt hole with yourfinger. The fluid level should be upto the edge of the bolt hole. If it isnot, add Honda ManualTransmission Fluid (MTF) until itstarts to run out of the hole. Reinstall

the filler bolt, and tighten it securely.

If Honda MTF is not available, youmay use an SAE 10W-30 or 10W-40viscosity motor oil with the APICertification seal that says ‘‘FORGASOLINE ENGINES’’ as atemporary replacement. However,motor oil does not contain the properadditives, and continued use cancause stiffer shifting. Replace assoon as it is convenient.

The transmission should be drainedand refilled with new fluid accordingto the time and distance recommen-dations in the maintenance schedule.

If you are not sure how to check andadd fluid, contact your Honda dealer.

Check the fluid level with thetransmission at normal operatingtemperature and the vehicle sittingon level ground.

Remove the check bolt and look fortransmission fluid coming out of thebolt hole. If a small amount of fluiddrips out of the bolt hole, reinstallthe check bolt.

Transmission Fluid

Maintenance

5-speed Manual Transmission 6-speed Manual Transmission

228

FILLER BOLT

Correct level

CHECK BOLT

WASHER

DRAIN BOLT

Page 232: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The transmission should be drainedand refilled with new fluid accordingto the time and distance recommen-dations in the maintenance schedule.

If you are not sure how to check andadd fluid, contact your Honda dealer.

Pour the fluid to the filler hole slowlyand carefully so you do not spill.Clean up any spills immediately; itcould damage components in theengine compartment.

If Honda MTF is not available, youmay use an SAE 10W-30 or 10W-40viscosity motor oil with the APICertification seal that says ‘‘FORGASOLINE ENGINES’’ as atemporary replacement. However,motor oil does not contain the properadditives, and continued use cancause stiffer shifting. Replace assoon as it is convenient.

If no fluid comes out, remove thefiller bolt. Slowly add Honda ManualTransmission Fluid (MTF) until itstarts to run out of the check bolthole. Let the fluid run out until itstops, then reinstall the check boltand the filler bolt.

Transmission Fluid

Maintenance 229

FILLER BOLT

WASHER

Page 233: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Check the fluid level in thereservoirs monthly. There are up totwo reservoirs, depending on themodel. They are:

Brake fluid reservoir (all models)Clutch fluid reservoir(manual transmission only)

Always use Honda Heavy DutyBrake Fluid DOT 3. If it is notavailable, you should use only DOT 3or DOT 4 fluid, from a sealedcontainer, as a temporaryreplacement.

Using any non-Honda brake fluid cancause corrosion and decrease the lifeof the system. Have the brakesystem flushed and refilled withHonda Heavy Duty Brake FluidDOT 3 as soon as possible.

The fluid level should be betweenthe MIN and MAX marks on the sideof the reservoir. If the level is at orbelow the MIN mark, your brakesystem needs attention. Have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is notcompatible with your vehicle’sbraking system and can causeextensive damage.

Replace the brake fluid according tothe recommendation in themaintenance schedule.

Brake and Clutch Fluid

Maintenance

Brake System

230

MAX

MIN

Page 234: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The fluid level should be betweenthe MIN and MAX marks on the sideof the reservoir. If it is not, addbrake fluid to bring it up to that level.Use the same fluid specified for thebrake system.

Low fluid level can indicate a leak inthe clutch system. Have this systeminspected as soon as possible.

Check the level on the side of thereservoir when the engine is cold.The fluid should be between theUPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL.If not, add power steering fluid to theUPPER LEVEL mark.

CONTINUED

Brake and Clutch Fluid, Power Steering Fluid

Maintenance

Power Steering FluidClutch System

231

6-cylider models

UPPER LEVEL

LOWER LEVEL4-cylider models LOWER LEVEL

UPPER LEVELMAX

MIN

Page 235: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- - Clean the hood latch assembly with amild cleaner, then lubricate it with amultipurpose grease. Lubricate allthe moving parts (as shown),including the pivot. Follow the timeand distance recommendations inthe Maintenance Schedule. If youare not sure how to clean and greasethe latch, contact your Honda dealer.

Always use Honda Power SteeringFluid. You may use another powersteering fluid as an emergencyreplacement, but have the powersteering system flushed and refilledwith Honda PSF as soon as possible.

A low power steering fluid level canindicate a leak in the system. Checkthe fluid level frequently, and havethe system inspected as soon aspossible.

The timing belt should be replacedat the intervals shown in themaintenance schedule.

In very high temperatures(over 110°F, 43°C).In very low temperatures(under 20°F, 29°C).

Replace the belt at 60,000 miles (U.S.)or 100,000 km (Canada) if youregularly drive your vehicle in one ormore of these conditions:

6-cylinder models only

Power Steering Fluid, Timing Belt, Hood Latch

Maintenance

Hood LatchTiming Belt

232

NOTICE:

PIVOTS

LATCH ASSEMBLYTurning the steering wheel to

f ull lef t or right lock and holding itthere can damage the power steeringpump.

Page 236: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The headlights were properly aimedwhen your vehicle was new. If youregularly carry heavy items in thetrunk or pull a trailer, readjustmentmay be required. Adjustmentsshould be performed by a Hondadealer or other qualified mechanic.

Your vehicle has two bulbs on eachside, four in total. Make sure you arereplacing the bulb that is burned out.Your vehicle uses halogen headlightbulbs. When replacing a bulb, handleit by its plastic case and protect theglass from contact with your skin orhard objects. If you touch the glass,clean it with denatured alcohol and aclean cloth.

Open the hood. To change a bulbon the passenger’s side, undo thetwo fasteners and remove the airintake cover.

1.

CONTINUED

Lights

Headlight Aiming Replacing a Headlight Bulb High Beam Headlight

Maintenance 233

NOTICE: 4-cylinder models

FASTENERS AIR INTAKECOVER

Halogen headlight bulbs getvery hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or ascratch on the glass can cause the bulbto overheat and shatter.

Page 237: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Remove the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by squeezing theconnector to unlock the tab, thenslide the connector off the bulb.

Remove the bulb by turning itapproximately one-quarter turncounterclockwise.

Install the new bulb and turn itone-quarter turn clockwise to lockit in place.

Push the electrical connector backonto the bulb. Make sure it is onall the way.

3.

2.

4.

5.

Lights

Maintenance234

6-cylinder models

AIR INTAKECOVER

FASTENERS

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder modelsTAB BULB TABBULB

Page 238: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Turn on the headlights to test thenew bulb.

(Passenger’s side)Reinstall the air intake cover.Reinstall the two fasteners andsecure them by pushing on theheads until they lock.

To change the passenger’s sidebulb, start the engine, turn thesteering wheel all the way to theleft, and turn off the engine. Tochange the driver’s side bulb, turnthe steering wheel to the right.

Use a flat-tipped screwdriver toremove the two holding clips fromthe inner fender.

Pull the inner fender cover awayfrom the fender and bumper.

3.

1.

2.6.

7.

CONTINUED

Lights

Maintenance

Low Beam Headlight

235

HOLDING CLIPS

Page 239: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To change the low beam headlightbulb on the driver’s side, removethe air intake duct. You can reachthe air intake duct from the backside of the inner fender.

Remove the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by squeezing theconnector to unlock the tab, thenslide the connector off the bulb.

Remove the bulb by turning itapproximately one-quarter turncounterclockwise.

Install the new bulb and turn itone-quarter turn clockwise to lockit in place.

Push the electrical connector backonto the bulb. Make sure it is onall the way.

Turn on the headlights to test thenew bulb.

Reinstall the air intake ductsecurely.

Put the inner fender cover in place.Install and lock each holding clipby pushing on the center.

6.

5.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

4.

On EX-V6 model with manualtransmission

On EX-V6 model with manualtransmission

Lights

Maintenance236

AIR INTAKE DUCT

EX-V6 with M/T

Page 240: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To change the passenger’s sidebulb, start the engine, turn thesteering wheel all the way to theleft, and turn off the engine. Tochange the driver’s side bulb, turnthe steering wheel to the right.

Use a flat-tipped screwdriver toremove the two holding clips fromthe inner fender.

Pull the inner fender cover awayfrom the fender and bumper.

Remove the socket from theheadlight assembly by turning itone-quarter turn counterclockwise.

1.

3.2.

4.

CONTINUED

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing a Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulb

237

HOLDING CLIPS

Page 241: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Remove the burned out bulb fromthe socket by pushing it in andturning the bulb counterclockwiseuntil it unlocks.

Install the new bulb in the socket.Turn it clockwise to lock it in place.

Insert the socket back into theheadlight assembly. Turn itclockwise to lock it in place.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Put the inner fender cover in place.Install and lock each holding clipby pushing on the center.

Open the trunk.

Remove the light assembly coverby pulling its outside edge.

Determine which of the threebulbs is burned out: stop/taillight/side marker, back-up or turnsignal.

Remove the socket by turning itone-quarter turn counterclockwise.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

Reinstall the socket into the lightassembly by turning it clockwiseuntil it locks.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Install the light assembly cover.Make sure it snaps into place.

1.

3.

2.

4.

5.

6.

7.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing Rear Bulbs

238

COVER

Page 242: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Open the trunk and remove thesocket from the light assembly byturning it one-quarter turn counter-clockwise.

Remove the burned-out bulb bypulling it straight out of the socket.Install the new bulb into thesocket.

Reinstall the socket. Turn itclockwise until it locks.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Lights

Maintenance

Replacing a High-mount BrakeLight Bulb

239

BULBSOCKET

Page 243: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Clean dirty seat belts with a softbrush and a mixture of mild soap andwarm water. Do not use bleach, dye,or cleaning solvents. They canweaken the belt material. Let thebelts air dry before you use thevehicle.

Dirt build-up in the loops of the seatbelt anchors can cause the belts toretract slowly. Wipe the insides ofthe loops with a clean clothdampened in mild soap and warmwater or isopropyl alcohol.

The driver’s floor mat that camewith your vehicle hooks over thefloor mat anchors. This keeps thefloor mat from sliding forward andpossibly interfering with the pedalsor making the front passenger’sweight sensors ineffective.

If you remove the driver’s floor mat,make sure to re-anchor it when youput it back in your vehicle.

Seat Belts, Floor Mats

Maintenance

Seat Belts Floor Mats

240

LOOP

Page 244: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Make sure the rear floor mat isproperly hooked to the floor matanchor. Your vehicle is equippedwith front passenger’s seat weightsensors. If the rear passenger’s floormat is on the seat rail of the frontpassenger’s seat, the sensors willdetect the decreased weight on theseat and they may not work properly.

If you use non-Honda floor mats,make sure they fit properly and thatthey can be used with the floor matanchors. Do not put additional floormats on top of the anchored mat.

Maintenance

Floor Mats

241

Page 245: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This filter removes the dust andpollen that is brought in from theoutside through the heating andcooling system/climate controlsystem.

This filter should be replaced every30,000 miles (48,000 km) undernormal conditions. It should bereplaced every 15,000 miles (24,000km) if you drive primarily in urbanareas that have high concentrationsof soot in the air from industry anddiesel-powered vehicles. Replace itmore often if airflow from theheating and cooling system/climatecontrol system becomes less thanusual. Have the dust and pollen filterreplaced by your Honda dealer.

Dust and Pollen Filter

Maintenance242

Page 246: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Check the condition of the wiperblades at least every six months.Replace them if you find signs ofcracking in the rubber, and areasthat are getting hard, or if they leavestreaks and unwiped areas whenused.

To replace a wiper blade:

Raise the wiper arm off thewindshield. Raise the driver’s sidefirst, then the passenger’s side.

Disconnect the blade assemblyfrom the wiper arm by pushing inthe lock tab. Hold the lock tab inwhile you push the blade assemblytoward the base of the arm.

2.

1.

CONTINUED

Wiper Blades

Maintenance 243

NOTICE:

WIPER ARMS

LOCK TAB

Do not open the hood whenthe wiper arms are raised, or you willdamage the hood and the wiper arms.

Page 247: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Remove the blade from its holderby grasping the tabbed end of theblade. Pull firmly until the tabscome out of the holder.

Examine the new wiper blades. Ifthey have no plastic or metal rein-forcement along the back edge,remove the metal reinforcementstrips from the old wiper blade,and install them in the slots alongthe edge of the new blade.

Slide the new wiper blade into theholder until the tabs lock.

Slide the wiper blade assemblyonto the wiper arm. Make sure itlocks in place.

Lower the wiper arm down againstthe windshield. Lower thepassenger’s side first, then thedriver’s side.

3. 4.

5.

6.

7.

Wiper Blades

Maintenance244

BLADE

BLADE

REINFORCEMENT

Page 248: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To safely operate your vehicle, yourtires must be the proper type andsize, in good condition with adequatetread, and correctly inflated.

The following pages give moredetailed information on how to takecare of your tires and what to dowhen they need to be replaced.

Keeping the tires properly inflatedprovides the best combination ofhandling, tread life, and ridingcomfort.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly,adversely affect handling and fueleconomy, and are more likely tofail from being overheated.

Overinflated tires can make yourvehicle ride more harshly, aremore prone to damage from roadhazards, and wear unevenly.

We recommend that you visuallycheck your tires every day. If youthink a tire might be low, check itimmediately with a tire gauge.

Use a gauge to measure the airpressure at least once a month. Eventires that are in good condition maylose one to two psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1to 0.2 kgf/cm ) per month.Remember to check the spare tire atthe same time.

Check the pressure in the tires whenthey are cold. This means the vehiclehas been parked for at least threehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km).

Add or release air, if needed, tomatch the recommended cold tirepressures on page .246

CONTINUED

Tires

Maintenance

Inflation

245

Using tires that are excessivelyworn or improperly inflated cancause a crash in which you canbe seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regarding tireinflation and maintenance.

Page 249: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

**

If you check the pressure when thetires are hot [driven for several miles(kilometers)], you will see readings 4to 6 psi (30 to 40 kPa, 0.3 to 0.4kgf/cm ) higher than the coldreading. This is normal; do notrelease air to match the coldpressure.

Tubeless tires have some ability toself-seal if they are punctured. Youshould look closely for punctures if atire starts losing pressure.

The compact spare tire pressure is:

For convenience, the recommendedtire sizes and cold air pressures areon a label on the driver’s doorjamb.

For additional technical information,see page .

You should get your own tirepressure gauge and use it wheneveryou check your tire pressures. Thiswill make it easier for you to tell if apressure loss is due to a tire problemand not due to a variation betweengauges.

290

Tire Size Cold Tire Pressurefor Normal Driving

Tire Size Cold Tire Pressurefor Normal Driving

Front:

Rear:

Front:

Rear:

EX-V6 with M/TEX, LX-V6 and EX-V6 with A/T1

2

All models

4-cylinder LX model

All models except 4-cylinder LX

Tires

Maintenance246

P205/60R16 91VP215/50R17 93V

32 psi (220 kPa ,2.2 kgf/cm )

30 psi (210 kPa ,2.1 kgf/cm )29 psi (200 kPa ,2.0 kgf/cm )

P205/65R15 92H30 psi (210 kPa ,2.1 kgf/cm )

29 psi (200 kPa ,2.0 kgf/cm )

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

1

2

1

2

Page 250: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Every time you check inflation, youshould also examine the tires fordamage, foreign objects, and wear.You should look for:

Bumps or bulges in the tread orside of the tire. Replace the tire ifyou find either or these conditions.

Cuts, splits, or cracks in the sideof the tire. Replace the tire if youcan see fabric or cord.

Excessive tread wear.Your vehicle’s tires have wearindicators molded into the tread.When the tread wears down to thatpoint, you will see a 1/2 inch (12.7mm) wide band running across thetread. This shows there is less than1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left onthe tire. A tire that is this worn givesvery little traction on wet roads. Youshould replace the tire if you can seethe tread wear indicator in three ormore places around the tire.

In addition to proper inflation,correct wheel alignment helps todecrease tire wear. If you find a tireis worn unevenly, have your dealercheck the wheel alignment.

Have your dealer check the tires ifyou feel a consistent vibration whiledriving. A tire should always berebalanced if it is removed from thewheel. When you have new tiresinstalled, make sure they arebalanced. This increases ridingcomfort and tire life. For best results,have the installer perform a dynamicbalance.

On EX and EX-V6 models

Tires

Maintenance

Tire Inspection Tire Maintenance

247

NOTICE:

INDICATOR LOCATION MARKS

TREAD WEAR INDICATORS

Improper wheel weights candamage your vehicle’s aluminumwheels. Use only Honda wheel weightsf or balancing.

Page 251: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

To help increase tire life anddistribute wear more evenly, rotatethe tires every 10,000 miles(16,000 km) on 4-cylinder modelsand 7,500 miles (12,000 km) on6-cylinder models. Move the tires tothe positions shown in the chart eachtime they are rotated. If youpurchase directional tires, rotateonly front-to-back.

Replace your tires with radial tires ofthe same size, load range, speedrating, and maximum cold tirepressure rating (as shown on thetire’s sidewall). Mixing radial andbias-ply tires on your vehicle canreduce braking ability, traction, andsteering accuracy. Using tires of adifferent size or construction cancause the ABS to work inconsistently.

The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. When replacingtires, use the same size originallysupplied with the vehicle. Tire sizeand construction can affect wheelspeed and may cause the system towork.

It is best to replace all four tires atthe same time. If that is not possibleor necessary, replace the two fronttires or two rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire can seriouslyaffect your vehicle’s handling.

If you ever replace a wheel, makesure that the wheel’s specificationsmatch those of the original wheels.

Tires

Maintenance

Tire Rotation Replacing Tires

248

(For Non-directionalTires and Wheels)

Front

(For DirectionalTires and Wheels)

Front

Page 252: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Wheels:

Tires:

See page for DOT tire qualitygrading information, and page

for tire size explanation.

Replacement wheels are available atyour Honda dealer.

288

290

LX model

LX model

EX-V6 with M/T model

EX-V6 with M/T model

EX, LX-V6 and EX-V6 with A/T models

EX, LX-V6 and EX-V6 with A/T models

Tires

Maintenance

Wheels and Tires

249

15 x 6 1/2 JJ

16 x 6 1/2 JJ

17 x 7 JJ

P205/65R15 92H

P205/60R16 91V

P215/50R17 93V

Installing improper tires on yourvehicle can affect handling andstability. This can cause a crashin which you can be seriouslyhurt or killed.

Always use the size and type oftires recommended in thisowner’s manual.

Page 253: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

+Tires marked ‘‘M S’’ or ‘‘AllSeason’’ on the sidewall have an all-weather tread design suitable formost winter driving conditions.

For the best performance in snowyor icy conditions, you should installsnow tires or tire chains. They maybe required by local laws undercertain conditions.

If you mount snow tires on yourHonda, make sure they are radialtires of the same size and load rangeas original tires. Mount snow tires onall four wheels. The tractionprovided by snow tires on dry roadsmay be lower than your original tires.Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Mount snow chains on your tireswhen required by driving conditionsor local laws. Install them only on thefront tires.

Because your vehicle has limited tireclearance, Honda stronglyrecommends using the chains listed,made by Security Chain Company(SCC).

Tires

Maintenance

Winter Driving Snow Tires Tire Chains

250

Page 254: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

These chains are the only ones thathave been approved by Honda foruse on your vehicle. Since Hondacannot test all chains, you must bepersonally responsible for properselection, installation, and use ofsnow chains.

The chains listed here are availableat many auto supply stores. For acomplete list of stores, visit the SCCwebsite at www.scc-chain.com.When installing chains, follow themanufacturer’s instructions, andmount them as tightly as you can.Drive slowly with chains installed.

If you ever hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stopand investigate. If the chains haveloosened, retighten them. Make surethey do not contact the brake linesor suspension.

Remove the chains as soon as youbegin driving on cleared roads.

CH2412T

Cable-types: SCC Radial ChainCH2311T or SCC SC Cable SC1030

Link-type: SCC Quick Grip QG1134Cable-types: SCC Radial ChainCH2311T or SCC SC Cable SC1030

EX, LX-V6 and EX-V6 with automatictransmission

EX-V6 with manual transmission

LX

Tires

Maintenance 251

NOTICE:Using the wrong chains, or notproperly installing chains, candamage the brake lines andcause a crash in which you canbe seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regarding theselection and use of tire chains.

Traction devices that are thewrong size or improperly installed candamage your vehicle’s brake lines,suspension, body, and wheels. Stopdriving if they are hitting any part ofthe vehicle.

Page 255: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Check the condition of the batterymonthly by looking at the testindicator window. The label on thebattery explains the test indicator’scolors.

Check the terminals for corrosion (awhite or yellowish powder). Toremove it, cover the terminals with asolution of baking soda and water. Itwill bubble up and turn brown. Whenthis stops, wash it off with plainwater. Dry off the battery with acloth or paper towel. Coat theterminals with grease to help preventfuture corrosion.

If additional battery maintenance isneeded, see your Honda dealer or aqualified technician.

Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds.

WARNING:

Wash your hands after handling.

Maintenance

Checking the Battery

252

TEST INDICATOR WINDOW

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models

TEST INDICATOR WINDOW

Page 256: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you need to connect the battery toa charger, disconnect both cables toprevent damaging your vehicle’selectrical system. Always disconnectthe negative ( ) cable first, andreconnect it last.

Maintenance

Checking the Battery

253

The battery gives off explosivehydrogen gas during normaloperation.

A spark or flame can cause thebattery to explode with enoughforce to kill or seriously hurt you.

Wear protective clothing and aface shield, or have a skilledmechanic do the batterymaintenance.

Page 257: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you need to park your vehicle foran extended period (more than onemonth), there are several things youshould do to prepare it for storage.Proper preparation helps preventdeterioration and makes it easier toget your vehicle back on the road. Ifpossible, store your vehicle indoors.

Fill the fuel tank.

Change the engine oil and filter.

Wash and dry the exteriorcompletely.

Clean the interior. Make sure thecarpeting, floor mats, etc. arecompletely dry.

Leave the parking brake off. Putthe transmission in Reverse(manual) or Park (automatic).

Block the rear wheels.

If the vehicle is to be stored for alonger period, it should besupported on jackstands so thetires are off the ground.

Leave one window open slightly (ifthe vehicle is being storedindoors).

Disconnect the battery.

Support the front wiper bladearms with a folded towel or rag sothey do not touch the windshield.

To minimize sticking, apply asilicone spray lubricant to all doorand trunk seals. Also, apply avehicle body wax to the paintedsurfaces that mate with the doorand trunk seals.

Cover the vehicle with a‘‘breathable’’ cover, one madefrom a porous material such ascotton. Non-porous materials, such

as plastic sheeting, trap moisture,which can damage the paint.

If possible, periodically run theengine until it reaches fulloperating temperature (thecooling fans cycle on and offtwice). Preferably, do this once amonth.

If you store your vehicle for 1 year orlonger, have your Honda dealerperform the inspections as soon asyou take it out of storage (see pages

and ). The 6-cylinder modelneeds the inspections called for inthe 2 years/30,000 miles (48,000 km)maintenance schedule (NormalConditions) and the 4-cylinder modelneeds the inspections called for inthe 2 years/40,000 miles (64,000 km)maintenance schedule (NormalConditions). The replacementscalled for in the maintenanceschedule are not needed unless thevehicle has actually reached thattime or mileage.

205 210

Vehicle Storage

Maintenance254

Page 258: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This section covers the morecommon problems that motoristsexperience with their vehicles. Itgives you information about how tosafely evaluate the problem and whatto do to correct it. If the problem hasstranded you on the side of the road,you may be able to get going again.If not, you will also find instructionson getting your vehicle towed.

......................Compact Spare Tire . 256....................Changing a Flat Tire . 257

.............If the Engine Won’t Start . 262................................Jump Starting . 264

..............If the Engine Overheats . 266.........Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 268..........Charging System Indicator . 269

.......Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 269...............Brake System Indicator . 271

......................Emergency Towing . 272..................Closing the Moonroof . 274

..............................................Fuses . 275..............................Fuse Locations . 278

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Taking Care of the Unexpected 255

Page 259: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Use the compact spare tire as atemporary replacement only. Getyour regular tire repaired or replacedand put it back on your vehicle assoon as you can.

Follow these precautions:

Never exceed 50 mph (80 km/h)under any circumstances.

This tire gives a harsher ride andless traction on some road sur-faces. Use greater caution whiledriving.

Do not mount snow chains on it.

Do not use your compact sparetire on another vehicle unless it isthe same make and model.

Do not use the compact spare tireif you are towing a trailer.

Turn off the Traction ControlSystem (see page ). Drivingwith the compact spare tire mayactivate the TCS.

Replace the tire when you can seethe tread wear indicator bars. Thereplacement should be the same sizeand design tire, mounted on thesame wheel. The spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularwheel, and the spare wheel is notdesigned for mounting a regular tire.

Check the compact spare tireinflation pressure every time youcheck the other tires. It should beinflated to:

192

On all V6 models

Compact Spare Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected256

INDICATOR LOCATION MARK

TREAD WEAR INDICATOR BAR

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

Page 260: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

If you have a flat tire while driving,stop in a safe place to change it.Drive slowly along the shoulder untilyou get to an exit or an area that isfar away from the traffic lanes.

Park the vehicle on firm, level andnon-slippery ground. Put thetransmission in Park (automatic)or Reverse (manual). Apply theparking brake.If you are towing a trailer, unhitchthe trailer.

Turn on the hazard warningindicators, and turn the ignitionswitch to LOCK (0). Have all thepassengers get out of the vehiclewhile you change the tire.

The tools are in the trunk. Openthe trunk and raise the trunk floorby lifting up on the back edge.

Take the tool kit out of the trunk.

Unscrew the wing bolt and takethe spare tire out of its well.

5.

4.

3.

2.

1.

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected 257

TRUNK FLOOR

SPARE TIRE JACKTOOL KIT

The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack, seriously injuringanyone underneath.

Follow the directions forchanging a tire exactly, andnever get under the vehiclewhen it is supported only by thejack.

Page 261: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The jack is behind a cover in theright fender. Remove the cover byturning the handle counterclock-wise, then pulling on the cover.

Turn the jack’s end bracketcounterclockwise to loosen it, thenremove the jack.

Loosen each wheel nut 1/2 turnwith the wheel wrench.

6. 7. 8.

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected258

JACK WHEEL WRENCH

WHEEL NUT

Page 262: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Place the jack under the jackingpoint nearest the tire you need tochange. Turn the end bracketclockwise until the top of the jackcontacts the jacking point. Makesure the jacking point tab isresting in the jack notch.

Use the extension and wheelwrench as shown to raise thevehicle until the flat tire is off theground.

Remove the wheel nuts, thenremove the flat tire. Handle thewheel nuts carefully; they may behot from driving. Place the flat tireon the ground with the outsidesurface facing up.

Do not attempt to forcibly pry thewheel cover off with a screwdriver orother tool. The wheel cover cannotbe removed without first removingthe wheel nuts.

9. 10.

11.

On LX and LX-V6 models

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected 259

JACKING POINT WHEEL WRENCH

WHEEL COVER

WHEEL NUTS WHEEL NUTS

Page 263: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Lower the vehicle to the groundand remove the jack.

Before mounting the spare tire,wipe any dirt off the mountingsurface of the wheel and hub witha clean cloth. Wipe the hubcarefully; it may be hot fromdriving.

Put on the spare tire. Put thewheel nuts back on finger-tight,then tighten them in a crisscrosspattern with the wheel wrenchuntil the wheel is firmly againstthe hub. Do not try to tightenthem fully.

13. 14.12.

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected260

HUB

Page 264: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

Tighten the wheel nuts securely inthe same crisscross pattern. Havethe wheel nut torque checked atthe nearest automotive servicefacility.Tighten the wheel nuts to:

Remove the center cap beforestoring the flat tire in the trunkwell.

Place the flat tire face down in thespare tire well.

Remove the spacer cone from thewing bolt, turn it over, and put itback on the bolt.

Secure the flat tire by screwingthe wing bolt back into its hole.

15. 16. 17.

18.

19.

EX and EX-V6 models

Changing a Flat Tire

Taking Care of the Unexpected 261

WING BOLT

SPACER CONE

Forsparetire

Fornormaltire

80 lbf·ft (108 N·m , 11 kgf·m)

Page 265: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Store the jack in its holder. Turnthe jack’s end bracket to lock it inplace. Replace the cover. Store thetools.

Store the wheel cover or centercap in the trunk. Make sure it doesnot get scratched or damaged.

Lower the trunk floor, then closethe trunk lid.

Diagnosing why your engine won’tstart falls into two areas, dependingon what you hear when you turn thekey to START (III):

You hear nothing, or almostnothing. The engine’s startermotor does not operate at all, oroperates very slowly.

You can hear the starter motoroperating normally, or the startermotor sounds like it is spinningfaster than normal, but the enginedoes not start up and run.

When you turn the ignition switch toSTART (III), you do not hear thenormal noise of the engine trying tostart. You may hear a clicking soundor series of clicks, or nothing at all.Check these things:

Check the transmission interlock.If you have a manual transmission,the clutch pedal must be pushedall the way to the floor or thestarter will not operate. With anautomatic transmission, it must bein Park or Neutral.

Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).Turn on the headlights and checktheir brightness. If the headlightsare very dim or don’t light at all,the battery is discharged. See

on page .

Turn the ignition switch to START(III). If the headlights do not dim,check the condition of the fuses. Ifthe fuses are OK, there isprobably something wrong withthe electrical circuit for theignition switch or starter motor.You will need a qualifiedtechnician to determine theproblem (seeon page ).

20.

21.

22.

264

272

If the Engine Won’t Start

Nothing Happens or the StarterMotor Operates Very Slowly

Jump Starting

Emergency Towing

Changing a Flat Tire, If the Engine Won’t Start

Taking Care of the Unexpected262

Loose items can fly around theinterior in a crash and couldseriously injure the occupants.

Store the wheel, jack, and toolssecurely before driving.

Page 266: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the headlights dim noticeably orgo out when you try to start theengine, either the battery isdischarged or the connections arecorroded. Check the condition of thebattery and terminal connections(see page ). You can then tryjump starting the vehicle from abooster battery (see page ).

If you find nothing wrong, you willneed a qualified technician to findthe problem. See

on page .

There may be an electricalproblem, such as no power to thefuel pump. Check all the fuses(see page ).

Do you have fuel? Check the fuelgauge; the low fuel indicator maynot be working.

Are you using a properly codedkey? An improperly coded key willcause the immobilizer systemindicator in the instrument panelto blink rapidly (see page ).

In this case, the starter motor’sspeed sounds normal, or even fasterthan normal, when you turn theignition switch to START (III), butthe engine does not run.

Are you using the proper startingprocedure? Refer to

on page .

272

252

264179

76

275

If the Engine Won’t Start

Taking Care of the Unexpected

EmergencyTowing

The Starter Operates Normally

Starting theEngine

263

Page 267: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Although this seems like a simpleprocedure, you should take severalprecautions.

You cannot start a Honda with anautomatic transmission by pushingor pulling it.

Connect the second jumper cableto the negative ( ) terminal onthe booster battery. Connect theother end to the grounding strapas shown. Do not connect thisjumper cable to any other part ofthe engine.

Open the hood and check thephysical condition of the battery.In very cold weather, check thecondition of the electrolyte. If itseems slushy or like ice, do not tryjump starting until it thaws.

Turn off all the electrical acces-sories: heater, A/C, climatecontrol, stereo system, lights, etc.Put the transmission in Neutral orPark, and set the parking brake.

Connect one jumper cable to thepositive ( ) terminal on yourHonda’s battery. Connect theother end to the positive ( )terminal on the booster battery.

1.

2. 4.

3.

Jump Starting

Taking Care of the Unexpected

To Jump Start Your Vehicle:

264

NOTICE:

4-cylinder models

A battery can explode if you donot follow the correct procedure,seriously injuring anyonenearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames,and smoking materials awayfrom the battery.

If a battery sits in extremecold, the electrolyte inside can f reeze.Attempting to jump start with a f rozenbattery can cause it to rupture.

Page 268: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, have an assistant startthat vehicle and run it at a fast idle.

Start your vehicle. If the startermotor still operates slowly, checkthat the jumper cables have goodmetal-to-metal contact.

Once your vehicle is running,disconnect the negative cable fromyour vehicle, then from thebooster battery. Disconnect thepositive cable from your vehicle,and then from the booster battery.

Keep the ends of the jumpercables away from each other andany metal on the vehicle untileverything is disconnected.Otherwise, you may cause anelectrical short.

The numbers in the illustrationsshow you the order to connect thejumper cables.

7.

6.

5.

Jump Starting

Taking Care of the Unexpected 265

6-cylinder models 4-cylinder modelsBOOSTERBATTERY 6-cylinder models

BOOSTERBATTERY

Page 269: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The pointer of your vehicle’stemperature gauge should stay inthe midrange. If it climbs to the redmark, you should determine thereason (hot day, driving up a steephill, etc.).

If your vehicle overheats, you shouldtake immediate action. The onlyindication may be the temperaturegauge climbing to or above the redmark. Or you may see steam orspray coming from under the hood.

Safely pull to the side of the road.Put the transmission in Neutral orPark, and set the parking brake.Turn off all accessories, and turnon the hazard warning indicators.

If you see steam and/or spraycoming from under the hood, turnoff the engine. Wait until you seeno more signs of steam or spray,then open the hood.

If you do not see steam or spray,leave the engine running andwatch the temperature gauge. Ifthe high heat is due to overloading,the engine should start to cooldown almost immediately. If itdoes, wait until the temperaturegauge comes down to the midpoint,then continue driving.

If the temperature gauge stays atthe red mark, turn off the engine.

Look for any obvious coolant leaks,such as a split radiator hose.Everything is still extremely hot,so use caution. If you find a leak, itmust be repaired before youcontinue driving (see

on page ).

2.

1.

3.

4.

5.

272

If the Engine Overheats

Taking Care of the Unexpected

EmergencyTowing

266

NOTICE:

Steam and spray from anoverheated engine canseriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steamis coming out.

Driving with the temperaturegauge pointer at the red mark cancause serious damage to your engine.

Page 270: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you don’t find an obvious leak,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. Add coolantif the level is below the MIN mark.

If there was no coolant in thereserve tank, you may need to addcoolant to the radiator. Let theengine cool down until the pointerreaches the middle of the tempera-ture gauge, or lower, before check-ing the radiator.

Using gloves or large heavy cloth,turn the radiator capcounterclockwise without pushingdown to the first stop. After thepressure releases, push down onthe cap, and turn it until it comesoff.

Put the radiator cap back ontightly. Run the engine and watchthe temperature gauge. If it goesback to the red mark, the engineneeds repair (see

on page ).

If the temperature stays normal,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. If it hasgone down, add coolant to theMAX mark. Put the cap back ontightly.

Start the engine and set thetemperature control dial tomaximum (climate control toAUTO at ‘‘ ’’). Add coolantto the radiator up to the base ofthe filler neck. If you do not havethe proper coolant mixtureavailable, you can add plain water.Remember to have the coolingsystem drained and refilled withthe proper mixture as soon as youcan.

272

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

If the Engine Overheats

Taking Care of the Unexpected

EmergencyTowing

267

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to spray out,seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

Page 271: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

This indicator should never come onwhen the engine is running. If itstarts flashing or stays on, the oilpressure has dropped very low orlost pressure. Serious enginedamage is possible and you shouldtake immediate action.

Safely pull off the road, and shutoff the engine. Turn on the hazardwarning indicators.

Let the vehicle sit for a minute.Open the hood, and check the oillevel (see page ). An enginevery low on oil can lose pressureduring cornering and other drivingmaneuvers.

If necessary, add oil to bring thelevel back to the full mark on thedipstick (see page ).

Start the engine, and watch the oilpressure indicator. If it does not goout within 10 seconds, turn off theengine. There is a mechanicalproblem that needs to be repairedbefore you can continue driving(see on page

).1.

2.

3.

4.

168

217

272

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Emergency Towing

268

NOTICE:LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR Running the engine with lowoil pressure can cause seriousmechanical damage almost immediately.Turn of f the engine as soon as you cansaf ely get the vehicle stopped.

Page 272: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the charging system indicatorcomes on brightly when the engineis running, the battery is not beingcharged.

Immediately turn off all electricalaccessories. Try not to use otherelectrically operated controls such asthe power windows. Keep the enginerunning; starting the engine willdischarge the battery rapidly.

Go to a Honda dealer or a servicestation where you can get technicalassistance.

If the indicator comes on whiledriving, it means one of the engine’semissions control systems may havea problem. Even though you mayfeel no difference in your vehicle’sperformance, it can reduce your fueleconomy and cause increasedemissions. Continued operation maycause serious damage.

CONTINUED

Charging System Indicator, Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Charging System Indicator Malfunction Indicator Lamp

269

CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

Page 273: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you have recently refueled yourvehicle, the indicator could come onbecause of a loose or missing fuel fillcap. Tighten the cap until it clicks atleast three times. Tightening the capwill not turn the indicator turn offimmediately; it takes at least threedays of normal driving.

If the indicator remains on, or thefuel cap was not loose or missing,have your vehicle checked by thedealer as soon as possible.

This indicator may also come onalong with the ‘‘D’’ indicator.

Your vehicle has certain ‘‘readinesscodes’’ that are part of the on-boarddiagnostics for the emissionssystems. In some states, part of theemissions testing is to make surethese codes are set. If they are notset, the test cannot be completed.

If your vehicle battery has beendisconnected or gone dead, thesecodes are erased. It takes at leastthree days of driving under variousconditions to set the codes again.

To check if they are set, turn theignition switch to ON (II), withoutstarting the engine. The MalfunctionIndicator Lamp will come on for 20seconds. If it then goes off, thereadiness codes are set. If it blinks 5times, the readiness codes are notset. If possible, do not take yourvehicle for a state emissions testuntil the readiness codes are set.Refer to State Emissions Testing formore information (see page ).296

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Readiness Codes

270

NOTICE: If you keep driving with theMalf unction Indicator Lamp on, youcan damage your vehicle’s emissionscontrols and the engine. Those repairsmay not be covered by your vehicle’swarranties.

Page 274: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The brake system indicator normallycomes on when you turn the ignitionswitch to ON (II) and as a reminderto check the parking brake. It willstay lit if you do not fully release theparking brake.

If the brake system indicator comeson while driving, the brake fluid levelis probably low. Press lightly on thebrake pedal to see if it feels normal.If it does, check the brake fluid levelthe next time you stop at a servicestation (see page ).

If the fluid level is low, take yourvehicle to the dealer and have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

However, if the brake pedal does notfeel normal, you should takeimmediate action. A problem in onepart of the system’s dual circuitdesign will still give you braking attwo wheels. You will feel the brakepedal go down much farther beforethe vehicle begins to slow down andyou will have to press harder on thepedal.

Slow down by shifting to a lowergear, and pull to the side of the roadwhen it is safe. Because of the longdistance needed to stop, it ishazardous to drive the vehicle. Youshould have it towed and repaired assoon as possible (see

on page ).

If you must drive the vehicle a shortdistance in this condition, driveslowly and carefully.

If the ABS indicator comes on withthe brake system indicator, have thevehicle inspected by your Hondadealer immediately.

272230

Brake System Indicator

Taking Care of the Unexpected

EmergencyTowing

271

BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR

U.S. indicator shown

Page 275: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-If your vehicle needs to be towed,call a professional towing service ororganization. Never tow your vehiclewith just a rope or chain. It is verydangerous.

There are three popular types ofprofessional towing equipment.

The operatorloads your vehicle on the back of atruck.

The towtruck uses two pivoting arms that gounder the tires (front or rear) and liftthem off the ground. The other twotires remain on the ground.

The towtruck uses metal cables with hookson the ends. These hooks go aroundparts of the frame or suspension andthe cables lift that end of the vehicleoff the ground. Your vehicle’s sus-pension and body can be seriouslydamaged.

If your Honda cannot be transportedby flat-bed, it should be towed bywheel-lift equipment with the frontwheels off the ground. If, due todamage, your vehicle must be towedwith the front wheels on the ground,do the following:

Release the parking brake.Shift the transmission to Neutral.

Release the parking brake.Start the engine.Shift to D, then to N.Turn off the engine.

If your vehicle is equipped with afront spoiler, remove it beforetowing so it is not damaged.

With the front wheels on the ground,it is best to tow the vehicle no fartherthan 50 miles (80 km), and keep thespeed below 35 mph (55 km/h).

Manual Transmission:

Automatic Transmission:

Emergency Towing

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Flat-bed Equipment

Wheel-lif t Equipment

Sling-type Equipment

This is the best way to trans-port your Honda.

This isan acceptable way to tow yourHonda.

This method of towingis unacceptable.

272

NOTICE: Improper towing preparationwill damage the transmission. Followthe above procedure exactly. If youcannot shif t the transmission or startthe engine (automatic transmission),your vehicle must be transported withthe f ront wheels of f the ground.

Page 276: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you decide to tow your vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground,make sure you use a properly-designed and attached tow bar.Prepare the vehicle for towing asdescribed above, and leave theignition switch in Accessory (I) sothe steering wheel does not lock.Make sure the radio and any itemsplugged into the accessory powersocket are turned off so they do notrun down the battery.

Emergency Towing

Taking Care of the Unexpected 273

NOTICE:

NOTICE:

The steering system can bedamaged if the steering wheel is locked.Leave the ignition switch in Accessory(I), and make sure the steering wheelturns f reely bef ore you begin towing.

Trying to lif t or tow yourvehicle by the bumpers will causeserious damage. The bumpers are notdesigned to support the vehicle’s weight.

Page 277: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If the electric motor will not closethe moonroof, do the following:

Check the fuse for the moonroofmotor (see page ). If the fuseis blown, replace it with one of thesame or lower rating.

Try closing the moonroof. If thenew fuse blows immediately or themoonroof motor still does notoperate, you can close themoonroof manually.

Get the moonroof wrench out ofthe tool kit in the trunk.

Remove the wrench. Reinstall theround plug.

If you need to close the moonroofmanually, it means your vehicle’smoonroof opening/closing functionis developing a problem. Have yourvehicle checked by a Honda dealer.

To remove the round plug in thecenter of the headliner, turn theplug by using a screwdriver orcoin, then pry it out. Make sure toalign the tabs on the round plug tothe notches on the ceilling asshown in the illustration.

Insert the moonroof wrenchsecurely into the socket behindthis plug. Hold the longer handleas shown and turn the wrenchslowly until the moonroof is fullyclosed.4.

3.

1.

2.

279

5. 6.

On EX and EX-V6 models

Closing the Moonroof

Taking Care of the Unexpected274

SOCKET

ROUND PLUG

TAB

NOTCH

MOONROOF WRENCH

Page 278: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The under-hood fuse box is locatedon the driver’s side. To open it, pushthe tabs as shown.

If something electrical in yourvehicle stops working, the first thingyou should check for is a blown fuse.Determine from the chart on pages

and , or the diagram on thefuse box lid, which fuse or fusescontrol that device. Check thosefuses first, but check all the fusesbefore deciding that a blown fuse isthe cause. Replace any blown fuses,and check if the device works.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK(0). Make sure the headlights andall other accessories are off.

Remove the cover from the fusebox.

The vehicle’s fuses are located intwo fuse boxes.

The interior fuse box is on thedriver’s lower left side. To removethe fuse box lid, put your finger inthe notch on the lid, and pull itupward slightly, then pull it towardyou and take it out of its hinges.

1.

2.

278 279

CONTINUED

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected

Checking and Replacing Fuses

275

INTERIOR UNDER-HOOD

TAB

NOTCH

Page 279: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Check each of the large fuses inthe under-hood fuse box bylooking through the side windowat the wire inside. Remove thescrews with a Phillips-headscrewdriver.

Check the smaller fuses in theunder-hood fuse box and all thefuses in the interior fuse box bypulling out each fuse with the fusepuller provided in the under-hoodfuse box.

3. 4.

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected276

BLOWN BLOWN FUSE PULLER

Page 280: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Look for a burned wire inside thefuse. If it is burned, replace it withone of the spare fuses of the samerating or lower.

If you cannot drive the vehiclewithout fixing the problem, and youdo not have a spare fuse, take a fuseof the same rating or a lower ratingfrom one of the other circuits withthe fuse puller provided in the under-hood fuse box. Make sure you cando without that circuit temporarily(such as the accessory power socketor radio).

If you replace the blown fuse with aspare fuse that has a lower rating, itmight blow out again. This does notindicate anything wrong. Replace thefuse with one of the correct rating assoon as you can.

If the replacement fuse of thesame rating blows in a short time,there is probably a seriouselectrical problem in your vehicle.Leave the blown fuse in thatcircuit, and have your vehiclechecked by a qualified mechanic.

5.

6.

Fuses

Taking Care of the Unexpected 277

NOTICE:BLOWN

Replacing a f use with onethat has a higher rating greatlyincreases the chances of damaging theelectrical system. If you do not have areplacement f use with the proper ratingf or the circuit, install one with a lowerrating.

Page 281: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

No. Amps. Circuits Protected No. Amps. Circuits Protected

No. Amps. Circuits Protected

: 6-cylinder models

12345

10 A(30A)10 A15 A10 A

Left Headlight Low Beam(Rear Defroster Coil)Left Headlight High BeamSmall LightRight Headlight High Beam

6789

10

10 A7.5 A15 A20 A

Right Headlight Low BeamBack UpFI ECUCondenser fanNot Used

111112131415161717181819202122

23

20 A30 A7.5 A20 A40 A40 A15 A30 A30 A20 A40 A40 A

(40 A)40 A

100 A

50 A50 A

Cooling FanCooling FanMG. ClutchHorn, StopRear DefrosterBack Up, ACCHazardABS MotorTCS MotorABS F/STCSOptionOptionHeater MotorBatteryNot Used

B IG1 MainPower Window Main

Fuse Locations

Taking Care of the Unexpected278

UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

Page 282: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

--

No. Amps. Circuits Protected Amps. Circuits ProtectedNo.

Circuits ProtectedNo. Amps.

: On Canadian models

1234567

(15 A)15 A

(10 A)15 A10 A7.5 A10 A

DBWIgnition CoilDaytime Running LightLaf HeaterRadioInterior LightBack-Up Lights

20 A15 A7.5 A

30 A

Door LockFront Accessory SocketsIG OPDS (OccupantPosition Detection System)IG WiperNot UsedNot Used

89

10

111213

Driver’s Power Seat SlidingHeated SeatsDriver’s Power SeatRecliningNot UsedIG ACGIG Fuel PumpIG WasherIG MeterIG SRSIGP (PGM-FI ECU)Not UsedNot UsedPassenger’s Power WindowDriver’s Power WindowMoonroofNot UsedIG HACNot UsedACCHAC OP

141516

1718192021222324252627282930313233

(20 A)(20 A)(20 A)

15 A15 A7.5 A7.5 A10 A7.5 A

20 A20 A

(20 A)

7.5 A

7.5 A7.5 A

Fuse Locations

Taking Care of the Unexpected 279

INTERIOR FUSE BOX

Page 283: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

280

Page 284: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The diagrams in this section giveyou the dimensions and capacities ofyour Honda, and the locations of theidentification numbers. It alsoincludes information you shouldknow about your vehicle’s tires andemissions control systems.

................Identification Numbers . 282Specifications

..................(4-cylinder Models) . 284Specifications

..................(6-cylinder Models) . 286DOT Tire Quality Grading

.....................(U. S. Vehicles) . 288.................................Treadwear . 288

......................................Traction . 288.............................Temperature . 289

.................................Tire Labeling . 290

.........................Oxygenated Fuels . 291......Driving in Foreign Countries . 292

.......................Emissions Controls . 293.....................The Clean Air Act . 293

Crankcase Emissions Control....................................System . 293

Evaporative Emissions Control....................................System . 293

Onboard Refueling Vapor................................Recovery . 293

...Exhaust Emissions Controls . 294....................PGM-FI System . 294

Ignition Timing Control................................System . 294

Exhaust Gas Recirculation...................(EGR) System . 294

Three Way Catalytic...........................Converter . 294

....................Replacement Parts . 294..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 295

..............State Emissions Testing . 296....Testing of Readiness Codes . 296

Technical Information

Technical Information 281

Page 285: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your vehicle has several identifyingnumbers in various places.

The Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) is the 17-digit number yourHonda dealer uses to register yourvehicle for warranty purposes. It isalso necessary for licensing andinsuring your vehicle. The easiestplace to find the VIN is on a platefastened to the top of the dashboard.You can see it by looking throughthe windshield on the driver’s side. Itis also on the Certification label at-tached to the driver’s doorjamb, andis stamped on the engine com-partment bulkhead. The VIN is alsoprovided in bar code on theCertification label.

Identif ication Numbers

Technical Information282

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

CERTIFICATION LABEL

Page 286: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The Engine Number is stamped intothe engine block. It is on the front.

The Transmission Number is on alabel on top of the transmission.

Identif ication Numbers

Technical Information 283

AUTOMATIC/MANUAL TRANSMISSION NUMBER

ENGINE NUMBER6-cylinder Models

MANUALTRANSMISSIONNUMBER

ENGINE NUMBER

4-cylinder ModelsAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NUMBER

Page 287: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- -

Specifications (4-cylinder Models)

Technical Information284

Dimensions

Weights

Air Conditioning

Capacities

187.6 in (4,766 mm)71.3 in (1,810 mm)55.7 in (1,415 mm)105.1 in (2,670 mm)61.1 in (1,553 mm)61.2 in (1,554 mm)

1.88 US gal (7.1 )1.90 US gal (7.2 )

1.37 US gal (5.2 )1.40 US gal (5.3 )

5.6 US qt (5.3 )HFC-134a (R-134a)

17.6 19.4 oz (500 550 g)

4.4 US qt (4.2 )

4.2 US qt (4.0 )

ND-OIL8 2.0 US qt (1.9 )2.2 US qt (2.1 )3.0 US qt (2.8 )6.9 US qt (6.5 )

2.6 US qt (2.5 )

0.16 US gal (0.6 )

4.8 US qt (4.5 )

17.09 US gal (64.7 )

Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in theengine.Reserve tank capacity:

Excluding the oil remaining in the engine.

LengthWidthHeightWheelbaseTrack

Gross vehicle weight rating See the certification label attachedto the driver’s doorjamb.

Refrigerant typeCharge quantityLubricant type

Fuel tank

Enginecoolant

Engine oil

Manual trans-mission fluidAutomatictransmissionfluidWindshieldwasherreservoir

FrontRear

Approx.

1 :

2 :

ChangeManualAutomatic

TotalManualAutomatic

ChangeIncludingfilterWithoutfilter

TotalChangeTotalChangeTotal

U.S. VehiclesCanada Vehicles

1

2

Page 288: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

---

----------

--

**

Technical Information

Specifications (4-cylinder Models)

285

Tires

Lights

Battery

Fuses

Engine

Alignment

12 V

12 V

24/2.2 CP

12 V12 V

60 W (HB3)51 W (HB4)

12 V

12 V12 V12 V12 V12 V

12 V12 V

12 V

21 W21/5 W18 W3 CP8 W21 W5 W2 CP1.1 W8 W

12 V12 V

38 AH/5 HR47 AH/20 HR

3.43 x 3.90 in (87.0 x 99.0 mm)144 cu-in (2,354 cm )

9.7 : 1

0.00 in (0.0 mm)0.08 in (2.0 mm)

0°1°

3°15’

P205/65R15 92HP205/60R16 91V

T135/90D15 100M30 psi (210 kPa , 2.1 kgf/cm )32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )29 psi (200 kPa , 2.0 kgf/cm )30 psi (210 kPa , 2.1 kgf/cm )60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

Size

Pressure

Water cooled 4-stroke i-VTEC4-cylinder gasoline engine

See page 279 or the fuse labelattached to the inside of the fusebox lid.See page 278 or the fuse boxcover.

Headlights

Front turn signal/parking/sidemarker lightsRear turn signal lights

Back-up lightsLicense plate lightsCeiling lightHigh-mount brake lightTrunk lightDoor courtesy lightsVanity mirror lightsSpotlights

Capacity

Interior

Under-hood

Type

Bore x StrokeDisplacementCompression ratioSpark plugs

Toe-in

Camber

Caster

NGK:DENSO:

IZFR6K-11SKJ20DR-M11

FrontRearFrontRearFront

HighLow

1 : LX2 : EX

Front/Rear

SpareFront

Rear

Spare

Stop/taillight/side marker lights

1

2

1

2

1

2

Page 289: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

- -

Specifications (6-cylinder Models)

Technical Information286

Dimensions

Weights

Air Conditioning

Capacities

61.1 in (1,553 mm)61.2 in (1,554 mm)

17.6 19.4 oz (500 550 g)HFC-134a (R-134a)

ND-OIL8

2.6 US qt (2.5 )4.8 US qt (4.5 )

7.6 US qt (7.2 )3.1 US qt (2.9 )

5.3 US qt (5.0 )

4.2 US qt (4.0 )

4.5 US qt (4.3 )

0.16 US gal (0.6 )

1.77 US gal (6.7 )

2.22 US gal (8.4 )

105.1 in (2,670 mm) 1.74 US gal (6.6 )

187.6 in (4,766 mm)71.3 in (1,810 mm)55.7 in (1,415 mm)

2.17 US gal (8.2 )

2.3 US qt (2.2 )2.6 US qt (2.5 )

17.09 US gal (64.7 )

Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in theengine.Reserve tank capacity:

Excluding the oil remaining in the engine.

LengthWidthHeightWheelbaseTrack

Gross vehicle weight rating

Refrigerant typeCharge quantityLubricant type

See the certification label attachedto the driver’s doorjamb.

Fuel tank

Enginecoolant

Engine oil

ManualtransmissionfluidAutomatictransmissionfluidWindshieldwasherreservoir

FrontRear

Approx.

1 :

2 :

ChangeManualAutomatic

TotalManualAutomatic

ChangeIncludingfilterWithoutfilter

TotalChangeTotal

ChangeTotal

U.S. VehiclesCanada Vehicles

1

2

Page 290: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

**

---

----------

-- *

Specifications (6-cylinder Models)

Technical Information 287

Lights

Battery

Fuses

Engine

Alignment

Tires

12 V12 V12 V

12 V12 V12 V12 V12 V12 V12 V12 V12 V12 V

12 V12 V

63 W (HB3)51 W (HB4)24/2.2 CP

21 W21/5 W18 W3 CP8 W21 W5 W2 CP1.1 W8 W

52 AH/5 HR65 AH/20 HR

3.39 x 3.39 in (86.0 x 86.0 mm)183 cu-in (2,997 cm )

10.0 : 1

0.00 in (0.0 mm)0.08 in (2.0 mm)

0°1°

3°15’

P215/50R17 93VP205/60R16 91V

T135/90D15 100M

32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )T135/80R16 101M

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )29 psi (200 kPa , 2.0 kgf/cm )30 psi (210 kPa , 2.1 kgf/cm )

Headlights

Front turn signal/parking/sidemarker lightsRear turn signal lights

Back-up lightsLicense plate lightsCeiling lightHigh-mount brake lightTrunk lightDoor courtesy lightsVanity mirror lightsSpotlights

Capacity

Interior

Under-hood

Type

Bore x StrokeDisplacementCompression ratioSpark plugs

Water cooled 4-strokeSOHC VTEC

6-cylinder gasoline engine

Toe-in

Camber

Caster

Size

Pressure

NGK:DENSO:

IZFR6K-11SKJ20DR-M11

See page 279 or the fuse labelattached to the inside of the fusebox lid.See page 278 or the fuse boxcover.

FrontRearFrontRearFront

HighLow

1 :2 :

LX-V6, EX-V6 with automatic transmissionEX-V6 with manual transmission

Front/Rear

Spare

FrontRear

Spare

Stop/taillight/side marker lights

1

2

1

2

1

2

Page 291: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween the tread shoulder and themaximum section width. Forexample:

All passenger car tires must conformto Federal Safety Requirements inaddition to these grades.

The treadwear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified governmenttest course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded100. The relative performance oftires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions onspecified government test surfacesof asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance.

Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

The tires on your vehicle meet allU.S. Federal Safety Requirements.All tires are also graded fortreadwear, traction, and temperatureperformance according toDepartment of Transportation(DOT) standards. The followingexplains these gradings.

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Technical Information

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear 200Traction AATemperature A

Treadwear Traction AA, A, B, C

288

Page 292: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reducetire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger cartires must meet under the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grade forthis tire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination, cancause heat buildup and possible tirefailure.

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Temperature A, B, C

Technical Information 289

Page 293: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

-The tires that came on your vehiclehave a number of markings. Thoseyou should be aware of are describedbelow.

Whenever tires are replaced, theyshould be replaced with tires of thesame size. Following is an exampleof tire size with an explanation ofwhat each component means.

Vehicle type (P indicatespassenger vehicle).

Tire width in millimeters.

Aspect ratio (the tire’s sectionheight as a percentage of itswidth).

Tire construction code (Rindicates radial).

Rim diameter in inches.

Load index (a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry).

Speed symbol (analphabetical code indicatingthe maximum speed rating).

Tire Identification Number (TIN) isa group of numbers and letters thatlook like the following example TIN.

This indicates that the tiremeets all requirements ofthe U.S. Department ofTransportation.

Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

Tire type code.

Date of manufacture.

P

R

V

16

DOT

B97R

FW6X

2202

205

60

91

Tire Labeling

Technical Information

Tire Size

Tire Identif ication Number

290

DOT B97R FW6X 2202

P205/60R16 91V

Page 294: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Some conventional gasolines arebeing blended with alcohol or anether compound. These gasolinesare collectively referred to asoxygenated fuels. To meet clean airstandards, some areas of the UnitedStates and Canada use oxygenatedfuels to help reduce emissions.

If you use an oxygenated fuel, besure it is unleaded and meets theminimum octane rating requirement.

Before using an oxygenated fuel, tryto confirm the fuel’s contents. Somestates/provinces require thisinformation to be posted on thepump.

The following are the U.S. EPA andCanadian CGSB approvedpercentages of oxygenates:

(ethyl or grain alcohol)You may use gasoline containing upto 10 percent ethanol by volume.Gasoline containing ethanol may bemarketed under the name ‘‘Gasohol.’’

(Methyl Tertiary ButylEther)You may use gasoline containing upto 15 percent MTBE by volume.

(methyl or woodalcohol)Your vehicle was not designed to usefuel that contains methanol.Methanol can corrode metal parts inthe fuel system, and also damageplastic and rubber components. Thisdamage would not be covered byyour warranties.

If you notice any undesirableoperating symptoms, try anotherservice station or switch to anotherbrand of gasoline.

Fuel system damage or performanceproblems resulting from the use ofan oxygenated fuel containing morethan the percentages of oxygenatesgiven above are not covered underwarranty.

Oxygenated Fuels

Technical Information

ETHANOL

MTBE

METHANOL

291

Page 295: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you are planning to take yourHonda outside the U.S. or Canada,contact the tourist bureaus in theareas you will be traveling in to findout about the availability of unleadedgasoline with the proper octanerating.

If unleaded gasoline is not available,be aware that using leaded gasolinein your Honda will affect perfor-mance and fuel mileage, and damageits emissions controls. It will nolonger comply with U.S. andCanadian emissions regulations, andwill be illegal to operate in NorthAmerica. To bring your vehicle backinto compliance will require the re-placement of several components,such as the oxygen sensors and thethree way catalytic converter. Thesereplacements are not covered underwarranty.

Driving in Foreign Countries

Technical Information292

Page 296: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The burning of gasoline in yourvehicle’s engine produces several by-products. Some of these are carbonmonoxide (CO), oxides of nitrogen(NOx) and hydrocarbons (HC).Gasoline evaporating from the tankalso produces hydrocarbons. Con-trolling the production of NOx, CO,and HC is important to the environ-ment. Under certain conditions ofsunlight and climate, NOx and HCreact to form photochemical ‘‘smog.’’Carbon monoxide does not contri-bute to smog creation, but it is apoisonous gas.

The United States Clean Air Actsets standards for automobileemissions. It also requires thatautomobile manufacturers explain toowners how their emissions controlswork and what to do to maintainthem. This section summarizes howthe emissions controls work.Scheduled maintenance is on pages

and .

In Canada, Honda vehicles complywith the Canadian emissionrequirements, as specified in anagreement with EnvironmentCanada, at the time they aremanufactured.

Your vehicle has a PositiveCrankcase Ventilation System. Thiskeeps gasses that build up in theengine’s crankcase from going intothe atmosphere. The Positive Crank-

case Ventilation valve routes themfrom the crankcase back to theintake manifold. They are thendrawn into the engine and burned.

As gasoline evaporates in the fueltank, an evaporative emissionscontrol canister filled with charcoaladsorbs the vapor. It is stored in thiscanister while the engine is off. Afterthe engine is started and warmed up,the vapor is drawn into the engineand burned during driving.

The Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery (ORVR) system capturesthe fuel vapors during refueling. Thevapors are adsorbed in a canisterfilled with activated carbon. Whiledriving, the fuel vapors are drawninto the engine and burned off.

210205

Emissions Controls

Technical Information

The Clean Air Act

Crankcase Emissions ControlSystem

Evaporative Emissions ControlSystem

Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery

293

Page 297: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The exhaust emissions controlsinclude four systems: PGM-FI,Ignition Timing Control, ExhaustGas Recirculation and Three WayCatalytic Converter. These foursystems work together to control theengine’s combustion and minimizethe amount of HC, CO, and NOx thatcomes out the tailpipe. The exhaustemissions control systems areseparate from the crankcase andevaporative emissions controlsystems.

The PGM-FI System uses sequentialmultiport fuel injection.It has three subsystems: Air Intake,Engine Control, and Fuel Control.The Engine Control Module (ECM)or the Powertrain Control Module(PCM) uses various sensors todetermine how much air is goinginto the engine. It then controls howmuch fuel to inject under all operat-

ing conditions.

This system constantly adjusts theignition timing, reducing the amountof HC, CO, and NOx produced.

The Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) system takes some of theexhaust gas and routes it back intothe intake manifold. Adding exhaustgas to the air/fuel mixture reducesthe amount of NOx produced whenthe fuel is burned.

The three way catalytic converter isin the exhaust system. Throughchemical reactions, it converts HC,CO, and NOx in the engine’s exhaustto carbon dioxide (CO ), dinitrogen(N ), and water vapor.

The emissions control systems aredesigned and certified to work to-gether in reducing emissions tolevels that comply with the Clean AirAct. To make sure the emissionsremain low, you should use only newHonda replacement parts or theirequivalent for repairs. Using lowerquality parts may increase theemissions from your vehicle.

The emissions control systems arecovered by warranties separate fromthe rest of your vehicle. Read yourwarranty manual for more informa-tion.

2

2

Emissions Controls

Technical Information

Exhaust Emissions Controls Replacement Parts

PGM-FI System

Ignition Timing Control System

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)System

Three Way Catalytic Converter

294

Page 298: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

The three way catalytic convertercontains precious metals that serveas catalysts, promoting chemicalreactions to convert the exhaustgasses without affecting the metals.The catalytic converter is referred toas a three-way catalyst, since it actson HC, CO, and NOx. A replacementunit must be an original Honda partor its equivalent.

The three way catalytic convertermust operate at a high temperaturefor the chemical reactions to takeplace. It can set on fire any com-bustible materials that come near it.Park your vehicle away from highgrass, dry leaves, or other flamma-bles.

A defective three way catalyticconverter contributes to air pollution,and can impair your engine’s per-formance. Follow these guidelines toprotect your vehicle’s three waycatalytic converter.

Always use unleaded gasoline.Even a small amount of leadedgasoline can contaminate thecatalyst metals, making the threeway catalytic converter ineffective.

Keep the engine tuned-up.

Have your vehicle diagnosed andrepaired if it is misfiring, back-firing, stalling, or otherwise notrunning properly.

Three Way Catalytic Converter

Technical Information 295

4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models

THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTERS

Page 299: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you take your vehicle for a stateemissions test shortly after thebattery has been disconnected orgone dead, it may not pass the test.This is because of certain ‘‘readinesscodes’’ that must be set in the on-board diagnostics for the emissionssystems. These codes are erasedwhen the battery is disconnected,and set again only after several daysof driving under a variety ofconditions.

If the testing facility determines thatthe readiness codes are not set, youwill be requested to return at a laterdate to complete the test. If you mustget the vehicle re-tested within thenext two or three days, you cancondition the vehicle for re-testingby doing the following.

Make sure the gas tank is nearly,but not completely, full (around3/4).

Make sure the vehicle has beenparked with the engine off for 8hours or more.

Make sure the ambienttemperature is between 20° and95°F.

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, start the engine, and let itidle for 20 seconds.

Keep the vehicle in Park(automatic transmission) orNeutral (manual transmission).Increase the engine speed to 2,000rpm and hold it there until thetemperature gauge rises to at least1/4 of the scale (approximately 3minutes).

State Emissions Testing

Technical Information

Testing of Readiness Codes

296

Page 300: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Then drive in city/suburbantraffic for at least 10 minutes.When traffic conditions allow, letthe vehicle coast for severalseconds without using theaccelerator pedal or the brakepedal.

If the testing facility determines thereadiness codes are still not set, seeyour Honda dealer.

Select a nearby lightly traveledmajor highway where you canmaintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph(80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20minutes. Drive on the highway inD (A/T) or 5th/6th (M/T). Donot use the cruise control. Whentraffic allows, drive for 90 secondswithout moving the acceleratorpedal. (Vehicle speed may varyslightly; this is okay.) If you cannotdo this for a continuous 90seconds because of trafficconditions, drive for at least 30seconds, then repeat it two moretimes (for a total of 90 seconds).

State Emissions Testing

Technical Information 297

Page 301: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

298

Page 302: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Customer Service................................Information . 300

....................Warranty Coverages . 301Reporting Safety Defects

...........................(U.S. vehicles) . 302.....................Authorized Manuals . 303

Warranty and Customer Relations

Warranty and Customer Relations 299

Page 303: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Honda dealership personnel aretrained professionals. They shouldbe able to answer all your questions.If you encounter a problem that yourdealership does not solve to yoursatisfaction, please discuss it withthe dealership’s management. TheService Manager or GeneralManager can help. Almost allproblems are solved in this way.

If you are dissatisfied with thedecision made by the dealership’smanagement, contact your HondaCustomer Service Office.

U.S. Owners:

Canadian Owners:

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. VirginIslands:

When you call or write, please giveus this information:

Vehicle Identification Number(see page )Name and address of the dealerwho services your vehicleDate of purchaseMileage on your vehicleYour name, address, and tele-phone numberA detailed description of theproblemName of the dealer who sold thevehicle to you

282

Customer Service Information

Warranty and Customer Relations300

CUSTOMER RELATIONS

RELATIONS AVEC LA CLIENTÉLE

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.Automobile Customer ServiceMail Stop 500-2N-7A1919 Torrance BoulevardTorrance, California 90501-2746

Tel: (800) 999-1009

Honda Canada Inc.715 Milner AvenueToronto, ONM1B 2K8

Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9Fax: Toll-free 1-877-939-0909

Toronto (416) 287-4776

Bella InternationalP.O. Box 190816San Juan, Puerto Rico 00919-0816

Tel: (787) 250-4318

Page 304: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Your new Honda is covered by thesewarranties:

covers your new vehicle, except forthe battery, emissions controlsystems, and accessories, againstdefects in materials andworkmanship.

these twowarranties cover your vehicle’s emis-sions control systems. Time, mileage,and coverage are conditional. Pleaseread the warranty manual for exactinformation.

this warranty gives upto 100 percent credit toward areplacement battery.

a seatbelt that fails to function properly iscovered for the useful life of thevehicle.

all exterior body panels arecovered for rust-through from theinside for the specified time periodwith no mileage limit.

Honda Accessories are coveredunder this warranty. Time andmileage limits depend on the type ofaccessory and other factors. Pleaseread your warranty manual fordetails.

covers all Hondareplacement parts against defects inmaterials and workmanship.

provides proratedcoverage for a replacement batterypurchased from a Honda dealer.

providescoverage for as long as the pur-chaser of the muffler owns thevehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply toall these warranties. Please read the2004 Honda Warranty Informationbooklet that came with your vehiclefor precise information on warrantycoverages. Your Honda’s originaltires are covered by theirmanufacturer. Tire warranty infor-mation is in a separate booklet.

Please refer to the 2004 WarrantyManual that came with your vehicle.

Warranty Coverages

Warranty and Customer Relations

U.S. Owners

Canadian Owners

New Vehicle Limited Warranty

Emissions Control Systems DefectsWarranty and EmissionsPerformance Warranty

Original Equipment Battery LimitedWarranty

Seat Belt Limited Warranty

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty

Accessory Limited Warranty

Replacement Parts LimitedWarranty

Replacement Battery LimitedWarranty

Replacement Muffler LifetimeLimited Warranty

301

Page 305: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in additionto notifying American Honda MotorCo., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayorder a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot becomeinvolved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, orAmerican Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may eithercall the Auto Safety Hotline toll-freeat 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 inWashington D.C. area) or write to:NHTSA, U.S. Department ofTransportation, Washington,D.C. 20590. You can also obtainother information about motorvehicle safety from the Hotline.

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Vehicles)

Warranty and Customer Relations302

Page 306: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

*2004

HON

Valid only for sales within the U.S. Canadian owners shouldcontact their authorized Honda dealer.The publications shown below can be purchased from Helm

Incorporated. You can order in any of three ways:Detach and mail the order form on the right half of this pageCall Helm Inc. at 1-800-782-4356Go online at

If you are interested in other years or models, contact Helm Inc.at 1-800-782-4356

(credit card orders only)

Authorized Manuals

Purchasing Factory Authorized Manuals (U.S. only)

303

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-782-4356

OR

(NOTE: For Credit Card Holder Orders Only)

MINIMUM CREDIT CARD PURCHASE $10.00

Form Description

2003-2004 Honda Accord 2/4 Door L4

Service Manual Base Book

2003-2004 Honda Accord 2/4 Door V6

Service Manual Supplement

2003-2004 Honda Accord 2/4 Door L4/V6

Electrical Troubleshooting Manual

2003-2004 Honda Accord 2/4 Door L4/V6

Body Repair Manual

2004 Honda Accord 2 Door L4/V6

Owner’s Manual

2004 Honda Accord 2 Door L4/V6

Quick Start Guide

Order Form for Previous Years-

Indicate Year and Model Desired

Publication

Form Number

61SDA04

61SDA05

61SDA04EL

61SDA30

31SDN610

31SDA710

31SDNQ10

HON-R

Price

Each

$70.00

$40.00

$50.00

$44.00

$34.00

$29.00

$12.00

FREE

2004 Honda Accord L4/V6 Navigation Manual

PUBLICATION NUMBERVEHICLE MODEL

Name YearQty

Price

Each

Total

Price

GRAND TOTAL

HANDLING CHARGE

Mich. Purchases

Add 6% Sales Tax

TOTAL MATERIAL

$6.95

Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurringobligation.

Monday-Friday 8:00 A.M. 6:00 P.M. EST

By completing this form you can order the materials desired. You canpay by check or money order, or charge to your credit card. Mail toHelm Incorporated at the address shown on the back of the order form.

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurring obligation.

Orders are mailed within 10 days. Pleaseallow adequate time for delivery.

www. helminc. com

Page 307: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

SHIP

TO

PAYMENT

This manual covers maintenance and recommendedprocedures for repair to engine and chassis components.It is written for the journeyman mechanic, but is simpleenough for most mechanically-inclined owners to under-stand.

This manual complements the Service Manual byproviding in-depth troubleshooting information for eachelectrical circuit in your vehicle.

This manual describes the procedures involved in thereplacement of damaged body parts.

Authorized Manuals

Service Manual:

Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:

Body Repair Manual:

304

NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name,and also the name of the person to whose attention the shipment shouldbe sent. For purchases outside U.S.A. please write to the address shownbelow for a quotation.

P.O. BOX 07280·DETROIT, MICHIGAN 48207·1-800-782-4356

Customer Name Attention

Apartment Number

State & Zip CodeCity

Daytime Telephone Number

Check or money order enclosed payable to Helm Inc U.S. funds only.Do not send cash

MasterCard

VISA Check here if your billing address is differentfrom the shipping address shown above.

Account Number Expiration: Mo. Yr.

CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DATE

Street Address No P.O. Box Number

( )

These Publications cannot be returned for credit without receiving advance authorization within 14days of delivery. On returns, a restocking fee may be applied against the original order.

Page 308: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

....................................Accessories . 171ACCESSORY (Ignition Key

.......................................Position) . 77............Accessory Power Sockets . 103

....................Additives, Engine Oil . 218...............................Airbag (SRS) . 9, 21

............................Air Conditioning . 108.................................Usage . 113, 115

...............Air Pressure, Tires . 245, 246

.......................Alcohol in Gasoline . 164......................................Antifreeze . 221

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)...............................Indicator . 60, 189

...................................Operation . 189..............Anti-theft, Audio System . 153

.Anti-theft Steering Column Lock . 77............................................Armrest . 86

................................Audio System . 120...Automatic Lighting Off Feature . 71...Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners . 19

.............Automatic Speed Control . 156..............Automatic Transmission . 183

..................Capacity, Fluid . 284, 286.......Checking Fluid Level . 225, 226

.......................................Shifting . 183Shift Lever Position

...............................Indicators . 183................Shift Lever Positions . 184

....................Shift Lock Release . 186

BatteryCharging System

...........................Indicator . 58, 269............................Jump Starting . 264

..............................Maintenance . 252....................Specifications . 285, 287

..............................Before Driving . 163....................................Belts, Seat . 8, 18

...........................Beverage Holders . 99..................................Booster Seats . 48

Brakes...........Anti-lock System (ABS) . 189

.............Break-in, New Linings . 164....................Bulb Replacement . 238

...........................................Fluid . 230.........................................Parking . 97

.................System Indicator . 59, 271........................Wear Indicators . 188

.............................Braking System . 188........................Break-in, New Car . 164

..Brightness Control, Instruments . 72........................Brights, Headlights . 70

Bulb Replacement..........................Back-up Lights . 238

..............................Brake Lights . 238................Front Parking Lights . 237

.................................Headlights . 233.........High-mount Brake Light . 239

....................Specifications . 285, 287....................Turn Signal Lights . 237

..............................Bulbs, Halogen . 233

...................Capacities Chart . 284, 286.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 51

....................Cargo, How to Carry . 173......................................Cargo Net . 176

..............CAUTION, Explanation of . ii.........................................CD Care . 142

...................................CD Changer . 137.....CD Changer Error Messages . 144

Index

A

B

C

I

Page 309: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

................DANGER, Explanation of . ii...................................Dashboard . 2, 57

................Daytime Running Lights . 71Daytime Running Lights

.......................................Indicator . 63.................................Dead Battery . 264

............Defects, Reporting Safety . 302................Defogger, Rear Window . 73

Defrosting the....................................Windows . 114............................Dimensions . 284, 286

...............Dimming the Headlights . 70Dipstick

.Automatic Transmission . 225, 226..................................Engine Oil . 168

..........................Directional Signals . 70........Disc Brake Wear Indicators . 188

.....................Disposal of Used Oil . 220Doors

..............Locking and Unlocking . 78......................Power Door Locks . 78

..........DOT Tire Quality Grading . 288Downshifting, Manual

.............................Transmission . 180

.....................CD Error Messages . 143.......................................CD Player . 134

........................CD Pocket, Center . 100

........................Certification Label . 282.................................Chains, Tires . 250

....................Changing a Flat Tire . 257Changing Oil

........................................How to . 218.............................When to . 205, 210

...Charging System Indicator . 58, 269............Checklist, Before Driving . 178

.....................................Child Safety . 32..............................Booster Seats . 48

.............................Child Seats . 32, 39Inportant Safety

.........................Reminders . 32, 36..........................................Infants . 37

..........................Larger Children . 47.........................................LATCH . 41

......................Risks with Airbags . 33.............................Small Children . 38

.........................................Tethers . 45.........Where Should a Child Sit? . 33

.......................................Child Seats . 39.........................................LATCH . 41

..........Tether Anchorage Points . 45

Cleaning...................................Seat Belts . 240

...............Climate Control System . 115..............................................Clock . 154

...................................Clutch Fluid . 231........................CO in the Exhaust . 294

...................................Coin Pocket . 101............Cold Weather, Starting in . 179

......................Compact Spare Tire . 256.................Console Compartment . 100...............Consumer Information . 300

.............Controls, Instruments and . 55Coolant

........................................Adding . 221....................................Checking . 169

.........................Proper Solution . 221...................Temperature Gauge . 67

Crankcase Emissions Control........................................System . 293

................Cruise Control Indicator . 63............Cruise Control Operation . 156

.....................................Cup Holders . 99.............Customer Service Office . 300

Index

D

II

Page 310: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

...........Driver and Passenger Safety . 5...........................................Driving . 177

....................................Economy . 170................In Foreign Countries . 292

..........Dual Temperature Control . 117..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 242

..............................Economy, Fuel . 170..................................Emergencies . 255

.............Battery, Jump Starting . 264...........Brake System Indicator . 271

................Changing a Flat Tire . 257.....Charging System Indicator . 269

..................Checking the Fuses . 275.........Hazard Warning Flashers . 72

............................Jump Starting . 264.....Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 268...Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 269...Manually Closing Moonroof . 274

..................Overheated Engine . 266.......................................Towing . 272

...........................Emergency Brake . 97......................Emergency Flashers . 72

......................Emergency Towing . 272

............Emergency Trunk Opener . 82.......................Emissions Controls . 293

.............Emissions Testing, State . 296Engine

....Coolant Temperature Gauge . 67.........................If It Won’t Start . 262

Malfunction Indicator................................Lamp . 58, 269

........Oil Pressure Indicator . 58, 268

..............Oil, What Kind to Use . 217...............................Overheating . 266

....................Specifications . 285, 287

....................Speed Limiter . 182, 185.......................................Starting . 179

..........Engine Speed Limiter . 182, 185......................Ethanol in Gasoline . 164

.Evaporative Emissions Controls . 293...............................Exhaust Fumes . 51

Expectant Mothers, Use of Seat........................................Belts by . 16

...................................Fan, Interior . 110Features, Comfort and

..............................Convenience . 107

....................Filling the Fuel Tank . 165Filters

.........................Dust and Pollen . 242...............................................Oil . 218

5-speed Manual Transmission...............Checking Fluid Level . 228

5-speed Manual Transmission................................Shifting the . 180

.............Flashers, Hazard Warning . 72...................Flat Tire, Changing a . 257

Fluids.Automatic Transmission . 225, 226

..........................................Brake . 230.........................................Clutch . 231

..............Manual Transmission . 228..........................Power Steering . 231

..................Windshield Washer . 224...........................Folding Rear Seat . 89

.....Foreign Countries, Driving in . 292..........................Four-way Flashers . 72

..............................Front Airbags . 9, 22..................................Front Seat . 83, 85................................Adjusting . 83, 85

.........................................Heaters . 90

.....................................Airbags . 9, 22

Index

E

F

III

Page 311: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

.................................................Fuel . 164......................Fill Door and Cap . 165

...........................................Gauge . 67................Octane Requirement . 164

...............................Oxygenated . 164........................Tank, Refueling . 165

.....................Fuses, Checking the . 275

...............Gas Mileage, Improving . 170..........................................Gasohol . 164.........................................Gasoline . 164...........................................Gauge . 67

................Octane Requirement . 164........................Tank, Refueling . 165

................Gas Station Procedures . 165Gauges

...Engine Coolant Temperature . 67...............................................Fuel . 67

Gearshift Lever Positions..........Automatic Transmission . 183

5-speed Manual.........................Transmission . 180

6-speed Manual.........................Transmission . 180

........................................Glove Box . 99Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

.....................................(GVWR) . 195 ...Identification Number, Vehicle . 282Ignition

..............................................Keys . 75...........................................Switch . 77

............Timing Control System . 294........................Immobilizer System . 76

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6.........................................Indicators . 58

.......ABS (Auti-lock Brake) . 60, 189Brake (Parking and Brake

............................System) . 59, 271................Charging System . 58, 269

.............................Cruise Control . 63DRL (Daytime Running

......................................Lights) . 63...................................High Beam . 63

........Key (Immobilizer System) . 61......................................Low Fuel . 62

................Low Oil Pressure . 58, 268...........................Side Airbag Off . 59

...............................................SRS . 59Turn Signal and Hazard

...................................Warning . 61..............................Washer Level . 63

.............Halogen Headlight Bulbs . 233..............Hazard Warning Flashers . 72

........................................Headlights . 70........................................Aiming . 233

..............Automatic Lighting Off . 71............Daytime Running Lights . 71............Low Beams, Turning on . 70

.........................Reminder Chime . 70........Replacing Halogen Bulbs . 233

...................................Turning on . 70..............................Head Restraints . 88

.....................Heating and Cooling . 108.................................Heated Mirror . 96

.....................................Heater, Seat . 90.............High Altitude, Starting at . 179

HomeLink Universal................................Transceiver . 159

....................................Hood Latch . 232.......................Hood, Opening the . 166

...........................Hydraulic Clutch . 231

Index

G

H

I

IV

Page 312: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

.........Indicators, Instrument Panel . 58...............................Infant Restraint . 37

......................................Infant Seats . 37..........Tether Anchorage Points . 45

...................Inflation, Proper Tire . 245...................................Inside Mirror . 95

.............................Inspection, Tire . 247............................Instrument Panel . 57

........Instrument Panel Brightness . 72...............................Interior Lights . 103

........................................Introduction . i

........................Jacking up the Car . 259.......................................Jack, Tire . 258

................................Jump Starting . 264

..................................................Keys . 75

.......................Label, Certification . 282.................Lane Change, Signaling . 70

..................Lap/Shoulder Belts . 14, 18Lights

....................Bulb Replacement . 233.......................................Indicator . 57

.........................................Parking . 70..................................Turn Signal . 70

.....................................Load Limit . 174......LOCK (Ignition Key Position) . 77

Locks.......Anti-theft Steering Column . 77

............................Fuel Fill Door . 165....................................Glove Box . 99

...........................................Trunk . 82................Low Coolant Level . 169, 221

Lower Gear, Downshifting..............................................to a . 180

...Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 58, 268Lubricant Specifications

..................................Chart . 284, 286...........Luggage, Storing (Cargo) . 173...........Luggage Net (Cargo Net) . 176

..................................Maintenance . 201Owner’s Maintenance

...................................Checks . 204................................Record . 207, 212

......................Required Indicator . 63..........................................Safety . 202

..............Schedule . 205-206, 210-211.Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 58, 269

...................Manual Transmission . 180Manual Transmission

...................................Fluid . 228, 229...............................Meters, Gauges . 65

...................Methanol in Gasoline . 164..........................Mirrors, Adjusting . 96

.................................Modifications . 172...............Modifying Your Vehicle . 172

.........................................Moonroof . 94......................Closing Manually . 274

.....................................Operation . 94

Index

L

M

J

K

V

Page 313: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

...................Neutral Gear Position . 184..................New Vehicle Break-in . 164

.....................Normal Shift Speeds . 181..................NOTICE, Explanation of . ii

...............Numbers, Identification . 282

...Octane Requirement, Gasoline . 164.........................................Odometer . 65

Odometer/Outside Temperature................................Indicator . 65, 66

...............................Odometer, Trip . 65Oil

........................Change, How to . 218..............Change, When to . 205, 210......................Checking Engine . 168..............Pressure Indicator . 58, 268

Selecting Proper Viscosity......................................Chart . 218

...........ON (Ignition Key Position) . 77..Operation in Foreign Countries . 292

..............................Outside Mirrors . 96.....................Outside Temperature . 66

....................Overheating, Engine . 266....Owner’s Maintenance Checks . 204

..........................Oxygenated Fuel . 164

...................Radiator Overheating . 266Radio/CD Sound

................................System . 120, 134...........................Readiness Codes . 270

..Rear Lights, Bulb Replacement . 238............................Rear Seat Access . 86..........................Rear Seat, Folding . 89

............................Rear View Mirror . 95.................Rear Window Defogger . 73.........Reclining the Seat Backs . 83, 85

Recommended Shift........................................Speeds . 181

.......................Reminder Indicators . 58

.......................Remote Transmitter . 79Replacement Information

..............Dust and Pollen Filter . 242................Engine Oil and Filter . 218

..........................................Fuses . 275................................Light Bulbs . 233

............................Schedule . 205, 210

..............Panel Brightness Control . 72........................Park Gear Position . 184

...........................................Parking . 187.................................Parking Brake . 97.................................Parking Lights . 70

..Parking Over Things that Burn . 187.............................PGM-FI System . 294

...................................Pollen Filter . 242..........................Power Door Locks . 78

.................Power Socket Locations . 98..............................Power Windows . 91

.........Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . 16

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11...Additional Safety Precautions . 16

.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 16........................Protecting Children . 32.......................Protecting Infants . 37

.......Protecting Larger Children . 47.........Protecting Small Children . 38

Using Child Seats with.....................................Tethers . 45

.............................Using LATCH . 41

Index

RP

O

N

VI

Page 314: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

CONTINUED

...........................................Tires . 248.............................Wiper Blades . 243

Replacing Seat Belts After a............................................Crash . 19

.........Reserve Tank, Coolant . 169, 221...............................Restraint, Child . 32

..................Reverse Gear Position . 184......................................Roof Rack . 175

................................Rotation, Tire . 248

..................................Safety Belts . 8, 18.........Safety Defects, Reporting . 302

.................................Safety Features . 7.....................................Airbags . 9, 21

.......................................Seat Belts . 8.............Safety Labels, Location of . 52

...............................Safety Messages . ii.....................................Seat Belts . 8, 18

...............Additional Information . 18Automatic Seat Belt

...............................Tensioners . 19.....................................Cleaning . 240

................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 14, 18................................Maintenance . 19

Reminder Indicator and................................Beeper . 18, 58

...................System Components . 18...............Use During Pregnancy . 16

....................................Seat Heaters . 90........................Seats, Adjusting the . 83

............................Security System . 155...................Select/Reset Knob . 65, 66

...............................Serial Number . 282...................Service Intervals . 205, 210...........................Service Manual . 303

.........Service Station Procedures . 165..........................Setting the Clock . 154

...Shift Lever Position Indicators . 183........................Shift Lock Release . 186

....................................Side Airbags . 26...How Your Side Airbags Work . 26

How the Side Airbag Off......................Indicator Works . 28......................Side Curtain Airbags . 27

How Your Side Curtain..........................Airbags Work . 27

...............................Signaling Turns . 70....6-speed Manual Transmission . 180

.................................Fluid Level . 228.......................................Shifting . 180

.......................Reverse Lockout . 182.....................................Snow Tires . 250

................................Sound System . 120Spare Tire

......................................Inflating . 256....................Specifications . 285, 287

............................Spark Plugs . 285, 287...........Specifications Charts . 284, 286

................................Speed Control . 156

........................Speed Limiter . 182, 185..........SRS, Additional Information . 21

...Additional Safety Precautions . 31How Your Airbags

............................Work . 22, 26, 27How Your SRS Indicator

.......................................Works . 27........................SRS Components . 21

..................................SRS Service . 30.............................SRS Indicator . 27, 59

....START (Ignition Key Position) . 77.......................Starting the Engine . 179

In Cold Weather at High..................................Altitude . 179

................With a Dead Battery . 264........Steam Coming from Engine . 266

Index

S

VII

Page 315: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

......Taillights, Changing Bulbs in . 238.Taking Care of the Unexpected . 255

Technical Descriptions......DOT Tire Quality Grading . 288.....Emissions Control Systems . 293

.....................Oxygenated Fuels . 164Three Way Catalytic

...............................Converter . 295.......................Temperature Gauge . 67

........Temperature, Inside Sensor . 119....................Temperature, Outside . 66

..............Tether Anchorage Points . 45..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 295

..................Tilt the Steering Wheel . 74..........................Time, Setting the . 154

....................................Timing Belt . 232

....................................Tire Chains . 250.........Tire, How to Change a Flat . 257

...........................Tire Information . 290...............................................Tires . 245

......................Air Pressure . 245, 246........................................Chains . 250

.........................Checking Wear . 247..........................Compact Spare . 256

......DOT Tire Quality Grading . 288......................................Inflation . 245

..................................Inspection . 247.....................................Labeling . 290...................................Replacing . 248

......................................Rotating . 248...........................................Snow . 250

....................Specifications . 285, 287...................Tools, Tire Changing . 257

Towing.....................................A Trailer . 194

................Emergency Wrecker . 272....Equipment and Accessories . 196

.....................Weight Limit . 194, 195..Traction Control System (TCS) . 191

...TCS Activation Indicator . 60, 192......................TCS Indicator . 60, 191

...............TCS ON/OFF Switch . 192.............................Trailer Loading . 194

......................Trailer Towing Tips . 198Transmission

Checking Fluid Level,......................Automatic . 225, 226

Checking Fluid Level,...................................Manual . 228

..................Fluid Selection . 225, 228..............Identification Number . 283.............Shifting the Automatic . 183

..................Shifting the Manual . 180.....................................Treadwear . 288.......................................Trip Meter . 66

................................................Trunk . 82....................Emergency Opener . 82

.........................................Hooks . 176.................................Opening the . 82

.............Open Monitor Indicator . 61....................................Turn Signals . 70

Steering Wheel..................................Adjustment . 74

.............Anti-theft Column Lock . 77...............Steering Wheel Buttons . 152

Stereo Sound........................................System . 120

....................Storing Your Vehicle . 254........................................Sun Visor . 101

........................Sunglasses Holder . 103Supplemental Restraint System

......................................Servicing . 30.........................SRS Indicator . 27, 59

...................System Components . 21..................................Synthetic Oil . 218

Index

T

VIII

Page 316: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

Unexpected, Taking Care..........................................of the . 255

....Uniform Tire Quality Grading . 288........................Unleaded Gasoline . 164

.......Used Oil, How to Dispose of . 220

................................Vanity Mirror . 102.................Vehicle Capacity Load . 174

.............Vehicle Dimensions . 284, 286....Vehicle Identification Number . 282

.............................Vehicle Storage . 254.................................................VIN . 282

..................................Viscosity, Oil . 218

.............WARNING, Explanation of . ii.........Warning Labels, Location of . 52

..................Warranty Coverages . 301Washer, Windshield

........Checking the Fluid Level . 224.....................................Operation . 69

Wheels...............Adjusting the Steering . 74............Alignment and Balance . 247

..........................Compact Spare . 256......................................Wrench . 258

Windows...............................Auto Reverse . 92

..................Operating the Power . 91...........................Rear, Defogger . 73

Windshield.......................................Cleaning . 69.......................................Washers . 69

Wipers, Windshield.......................Changing Blades . 243

.....................................Operation . 69....................................Worn Tires . 247

.....Wrecker, Emergency Towing . 272

: U.S. only

Index

W

V

U

IX

Page 317: 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual …techinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/AH/ACI0404OM/enu/CI0404OM.pdf · 2004 Civic Coupe Online Reference Owner's Manual ... particular

5-speed manual transmission:

6-speed manual transmission:

Service Information Summary

Gasoline:

Fuel Tank Capacity:

Recommended Engine Oil:

Automatic Transmission Fluid:

5-speed/6-speed ManualTransmission Fluid:

Power Steering Fluid:

Brake Fluid:

Tire Pressure (measured cold):

Spare Tire Pressure:

17.09 US gal (64.7 )

4.4 US qt (4.2 )

30 psi (210 kPa , 2.1 kgf/cm )

32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )4.5 US qt (4.3 )

2.0 US qt (1.9 )

30 psi (210 kPa , 2.1 kgf/cm )

29 psi (200 kPa , 2.0 kgf/cm )

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

32 psi (220 kPa , 2.2 kgf/cm )

29 psi (200 kPa , 2.0 kgf/cm )2.3 US qt (2.2 )

Unleaded gasoline, pump octanenumber of 86 or higher.

API Premium grade 5W-20detergent oil (see page ).

Oil change capacity (includingfilter):

Honda Manual TransmissionFluid preferred, or an SAE 10W-30or 10W-40 motor oil as atemporary replacement (seepages and ).

Honda Power Steering Fluidpreferred, or another brand ofpower steering fluid as atemporary replacement. Do notuse ATF (see page ).

Honda Heavy Duty Brake FluidDOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 orDOT 4 brake fluid as a temporaryreplacement (see page ).

Front:

Rear:

Honda ATF-Z1 (AutomaticTransmission Fluid) preferred, ora DEXRON III ATF as atemporary replacement (seepages and ).

Capacity:

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

All other models

4-cylinder LX

EX-V6 with M/T228 229

Front:

Rear:

Front:

Rear:

217

231

230227225